QuickLinks-- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 7, 2005September 25, 2006

Registration No. 333-129345No.333-____



_________________

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington,WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

_________________


AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FormFORM S-3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

_________________


LIFETIME BRANDS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware
3420311-2682486
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
34203
(Primary Standard Industrial
(I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)Classification Code Number)11-2682486
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

_________________

One Merrick Avenue
Westbury, NY 11590
(516) 683-6000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)

_________________

Robert McNally
Vice-President and
Chief Financial Officer
Lifetime Brands, Inc.
One Merrick Avenue
Westbury, NY 11590
(516) 683-6000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)

Copy to:
Lawrence Levinson, Esq.
Troutman Sanders LLP
The Chrysler Building
405 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10174
(212) 704-6251

_________________

Copies to:

Lawrence Levinson, Esq.
Troutman Sanders LLP
The Chrysler Building
405 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10174
(212) 704-6251
Daniel J. Zubkoff, Esq.
Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, NY 10005
(212) 701-3000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicableFrom time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.


_________________


        If any of the securities being registered on this form are being offered pursuant to a dividend or interest reinvestment plan, check the following box.o

        If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415Rule415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"“Securities Act”), check the following box.o

        If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
Amount to be
Registered
Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
per Unit
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
Amount of
Registration Fee

4.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2011  $75,000,000 (1)100% (2)$75,000,000 (1)$8,025 

  
Common Stock, $0.01 par value   2,678,571     -- -- --(4) 

(1)

Represents the aggregate principal amount of the debentures issued by the Registrant.


(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act and exclusive of accrued interest and distributions, if any.


(3)

Represents 2,678,571 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the debentures at the conversion price of $28.00 per share of common stock. Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, such number of shares of common stock registered hereby shall include an indeterminate number of shares of common stock that may be issued in connection with a stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar event.


(4)

Pursuant to Rule 457(i), no additional filing fee is payable with respect to the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the debentures because no additional consideration will be received in connection with the exercise of the conversion privilege.


        THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a) MAY DETERMINE.


oSUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 25, 2006

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

$75,000,000
4.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2011

2,678,571 Shares of Common Stock
(Issuable upon Conversion of the Notes)

Lifetime Brands, Inc.

_________________

        This prospectus relates to $75,000,000 of 4.75% Convertible Senior Notes (which we call the “Notes”), and up to 2,678,571 shares of our common stock, $0.01 par value, which are potentially issuable upon conversion of the Notes. We issued the Notes in a private placement in June 2006. The Notes are held by the sellingsecurityholders named herein (which we refer to as the “Selling Securityholders”).

        In connection with the private placement, we agreed with the initial purchaser that we would file the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part covering the Notes and the shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of the Notes. The Selling Securityholders may sell any or all of their Notes or common stock, as the case may be, directly to purchasers or through agents, underwriters, or dealers on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the Notes or the shares are traded or in private transactions. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Notes or the shares of our common stock. These sales may be at fixed or negotiated prices which will be determined at the time of sale. If required, the name of any agents, underwriters or dealers and any other required information will be set forth in a supplement to this prospectus. We will bear the expenses and fees incurred in registering the securities offered by this prospectus. The Selling Securityholders will pay any brokerage commissions or discounts attributable to the sale of their shares.

        Under the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the Selling Securityholders may sell or distribute up to an aggregate of $75,000,000 of the Notes, or up to 2,678,571 shares of common stock which are potentially issuable upon the conversion of the Notes, in one or more transactions. This prospectus will be used by the Selling Securityholders to resell their Notes and the shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of their Notes. The process by which the Selling Securityholders will sell or distribute their Notes or common stock, as the case may be, is described in this prospectus under the heading “Plan of Distribution.”

        The Registrant hereby amends this Registration StatementNotes accrue interest at an annual rate of 4.75%. We will pay interest on such date or dates as may be necessarythe Notes on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning January 15, 2007. The Notes are our general unsecured obligations and rank junior in right of payment to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall fileall of our existing and future secured indebtedness. The Notes are convertible into shares of our common stock at a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)rate of 35.7143 shares per $1,000 principal amount of the Securities ActNotes, subject to adjustment as described in this prospectus.

        Our common stock is quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “LCUT.” The last reported sale price of 1933 or untilour common stock on the Registration Statement shall become effectiveNASDAQ Global Market on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.September 21, 2006 was $21.02 per share.



_________________


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. WeThese securities may not sell these securitiesbe sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.


SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 7, 2005

PROSPECTUS

LOGO

2,500,000 Shares

Lifetime Brands, Inc.

Common Stock
$        per share


        WeThe securities offered hereby involve significant risks and uncertainties. These risks are selling 1,500,000 shares of our common stock and the selling stockholders named in this prospectus are selling 1,000,000 shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock sold by the selling stockholders. We and certain of our stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 375,000 additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

        Our common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Marketdescribed under the symbol "LCUT." The last reported sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market on November 4, 2005 was $24.67 per share.


Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors"caption “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9.9 of this prospectus. You should consider these Risk Factors before purchasing these securities.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.



Per Share
Total
Public Offering Price$$
Underwriting Discount$$
Proceeds to Lifetime Brands, Inc. (before expenses)$$
Proceeds to the selling stockholders (before expenses)$$

        The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                        , 2005._________________


Citigroup


Adams Harkness

                        , 2005


GRAPHIC


You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus.



_________________

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Page

Summary


1

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
8
Risk Factors

9

Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements


2021

Use of Proceeds


21

Price Range of our Common Stock and Dividend Policy


22

CapitalizationSelling Securityholders


23

Selected Consolidated Financial DataDescription of Notes


24

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


25

Business


35

Management and Directors


48

Principal and Selling Stockholders


58

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions


63

Description of Capital Stock


6443

Shares Eligible for Future SalePlan of Distribution


6645

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders


67

Underwriting


70

Validity of Securities


7347

Experts


73

Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference


7447

Where You Can Find More Information


7547

Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement ScheduleExperts


F-147

i


SUMMARY


SUMMARY

        This summary highlights selected information about us and the material terms of the offering.us. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before making an investment decision. You should read this summary in conjunction with the documents incorporated by reference herein. See "Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference" below. This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares. Unless otherwise indicated, references to "Lifetime Brands",Brands," "we," "our," and "us" refer to Lifetime Brands,Inc. and, ifunless the context connotes,requires otherwise, Lifetime Brands,Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, and the terms "fiscal year" and "year" in this prospectus refer to the year ended on December 31 of the year referenced.


Our Business

        We are a leading designer, developer and marketer of a broad range of nationally branded consumer products used in the home. We market our products under some of the most well-respected and widely-recognized brand names in the U.S. housewares industry, including three of the four most recognized brands in the "Kitchen Tool, Cutlery and Gadgets" product category, according to the Home Furnishing News ("HFN") Brand Survey for 2005. We primarily target moderate to premium price points through every major level of trade. We generally market several lines within each of our product categories, often under more than one brand. At the heart of our company is a strong culture of innovation and new product development. We expect to develop or redesign over 700 products in 2005 and over 800approximately 2,500 products in 2006. We have been sourcing our products in Asia for over 40 years; we currently source our products from approximately 125325 suppliers located primarily in China. In June 2005, we changed our name from Lifetime Hoan Corporation to Lifetime Brands, Inc. to better reflect our business.

        OurHistorically, our five main product categories are: (1)Kitchenware, (2)Tabletop, (3)Cutlery and& Cutting Boards, (4)Bakeware & Cookware (5)Pantryware & Spices. With the acquisition of the business and (5) Pantrywarecertain assets of Syratech Corporation (which we refer to as "Syratech") on April 27, 2006, we expanded our Tabletop product category and Spices.entered a sixth product category, Home Decor, which includes picture frames and other decorative items. Our principal brands and their respective product categories include:

Pfaltzgraff®Farberware®Kitchenware, Cutlery & Cutting Boards, Tabletop Bakeware, Pantryware and Spices
KitchenAid®Kitchenware, Cutlery and& Cutting Boards, Bakeware
Farberware®Pfaltzgraff®Tabletop, Bakeware, Pantryware & Spices
Cuisinart®Kitchenware, Cutlery and& Cutting Boards, Tabletop
Cuisinart®Wallace Silversmiths®Cutlery and Cutting BoardsTabletop
Sabatier®Cutlery and& Cutting Boards, Bakeware, Tabletop, Cookware
Towle Silversmiths®Tabletop
Calvin Klein®Tabletop
Hoffritz®Cutlery and Cutting Boards, Kitchenware, Tabletop, Bakeware

        We also sell and market our products under the following brands and trademarks, which we own or license: Atlantis (Tabletop), Baker'sBaker’s Advantage® (Bakeware), Block® (Tabletop), CasaModa™ (Tabletop), Cuisine de France® (Cutlery and& Cutting Boards)Boards, Cookware), DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen (Cutlery and Cutting Boards, Bakeware, Pantryware and(Pantryware& Spices), Elements® (Home Décor), Gemco® (Tabletop), Hershey®'s‘s (Bakeware), Hoffritz® (Cutlery& Cutting Boards, Kitchenware, Tabletop, Bakeware, Cookware), Hoan® (Kitchenware), International Silver Company® (Tabletop), Jell-O® (Bakeware), Joseph Abboud Environments® (Tabletop), Kamenstein® (Pantryware and& Spices), Kathy IrelandKenneth Cole Reaction Home® (Tabletop), NapaStyle™ (Tabletop)Melannco International® (Home Décor), Nautica® (Tabletop), Pedrini® (Kitchenware), Retroneu® (Tabletop), Rochard® (Tabletop), Roshco® (Bakeware), Sasaki® (Tabletop), Stiffel® (Tabletop), Tuttle® (Tabletop), and Weir in Your Kitchen™ (Bakeware). In addition, we sell and market products in the Bath Hardware and Accessories product category under our :USE® and Gemco® brands and we sell and market products in the Cookware product category under the DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen brand.brands.

        We continuously innovate and introduce hundredslarge numbers of new products across all of our product categories and brands each year. The substantial majority of our products are designed and developed



in-house by our design and development team, which consists of 55approximately 75 professional artists, designers and engineers. Utilizing the latest available design tools, technology and materials, we work closely with our suppliers to enable efficient and timely manufacturing of our products.

        We sell our products to a diverse nationwide customer base including mass merchants (such as Wal-Mart and Target), specialty stores (such as Bed Bath& Beyond and Linens 'n‘n Things), national chains (such as JC Penney, Kohl'sKohl’s and Sears), department stores (such as Bloomingdale's, Macy'sBloomingdale’s, Macy’s and Saks), warehouse clubs (such as Costco, BJ'sBJ’s Wholesale Club and Sam'sSam’s Club), home centers (such as Lowe'sLowe’s and The Home Depot), supermarkets (such as Stop& Shop and Kroger) and off-price retailers (such as Marshalls, T.J. Maxx and Ross Stores), as well as through other channels of distribution. Wal-Mart Stores,Inc. (including Sam'sSam’s Club), which accounted for 24%approximately 20% of our net sales in 2004,2005, is our single largest customer. We also

1


sell our products directly to the consumer through our own mail order catalogs, outlet stores and the Internet. We have 11987 outlet stores in 3533 states operating under the Farberware® or Pfaltzgraff® brands.

        Our 21 most important retail customers are each serviced by an in-house team that includes representatives from our sales, marketing, merchandising and product development departments. We generally collaborate with our retail customers and in many instances produce specific versions of our product lines with exclusive designs and packaging for their stores, which are appropriately priced for their respective customer bases.

        Our national distribution system enables us to comply with the stringent "just-in-time"“just-in-time” delivery requirements of our retail customers. Our principal distribution center is a modern facility located in Robbinsville, New Jersey. We also operate distribution facilities in Mira Loma, California; East Boston, Massachusetts; and Winchendon, Massachusetts; and two distribution facilities in York, Pennsylvania and a distribution facility in Winchendon, Massachusetts.Pennsylvania. In addition, we also utilize two distribution facilities in California operated for us by a third-party logistics provider.

        We do not own or operate any manufacturing facilities (otherother than oura sterling silver flatware manufacturing facility in Puerto Rico which we acquired in connection with the Syratech acquisition and a spice packing line within our Winchendon, Massachusetts facility), but instead rely onfacility. We source all of our other products from independent suppliers, with which we have in many cases established long-term relationships with our major suppliers.relationships. We have been sourcing products in Asia for over 40 years; we40years and currently source our products from approximately 125325 suppliers located primarily in the People'sPeople’s Republic of China, and to a lesser extent in the United States, Taiwan, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, Germany, France, Korea, the Czech Republic, Italy, India, Portugal and Hong Kong. We collaborate with our major suppliers during the product development process and on manufacturing technology to achieve efficient and timely production. We believe the flexibility provided by our sourcing strategy has proven superior to our investing in manufacturing facilities.

        For the year ended December 31, 2004,2005, we generated net sales of $189.5$307.9 million, which represented growth of 18.1%62.5% over the previous year. For the ninesix months ended SeptemberJune 30, 2005,2006, we generated net sales of $183.5$158.5 million, which represented growth of 51.2%77.5% over the corresponding period in the previous year. Excluding approximately $29 million in net sales attributable toSales for the Pfaltzgraff businesses that we acquired in July 2005,first six months of 2006 include net sales for the first nine monthsPfaltzgraff and Salton businesses that were acquired in the third quarter of 2005 increased approximately 27%and net sales for the Syratech business acquired in April 2006. Excluding sales for Pfaltzgraff, Salton and Syratech, net sales were $105.5million, or 18.1% higher for the six months ended June 30, 2006 compared to $154.5 million.the 2005 period. Our business and working capital needs are highly seasonal, with a significant majority of our sales occurring in the third and fourth quarters. In 2005, 2004 2003 and 2002,2003, net sales for the third and fourth quarters combined accounted for approximately 63%71%, 66%63% and 61%66% of total annual net sales, respectively, and operating profit earned in the third and fourth quarters combined accounted for approximately 92%83%, 97%92% and 100%97% of total annual operating profits, respectively.

        With the recent addition of retail outlet store, Internet and mail-order catalog businesses from The Pfaltzgraff Co. ("Pfaltzgraff"), we have determined that we nowWe operate in two reportable segments—wholesale and direct-to-consumer. The wholesale segment is comprised of our business that designs, markets and distributes household products to retailers and distributors. The direct-to-consumer segment is comprised of our business that sells household products directly to the consumer through


our retail outlet stores, the Internet and our mail-order catalogs. We have segmented our operations in a manner that reflects how management reviews and evaluates the results of our operations. While both segments distribute similar products, the segments are distinct due to their different types of customers and the different methods used to sell, market and distribute the products in each segment.

        We have assembled a seasoned management team with experience and talent in the housewares and consumer products industries. Our management team is focused on growing our business by capitalizing on the reputation of our well-respected and widely-recognized brands, our strengths in product design and innovation, our product sourcing experience and expertise and our long-term retail customer and supplier relationships.


Industry Overview

        According to the International Housewares Association or IHA,(which we refer to as the product categories in the Housewares segment in“IHA”), the U.S. housewares industry in which we directly compete, generated retail revenue of approximately $10.0$65.2 billion in 2004,2004; however, we do not currently offer products in all categories included in this industry. According to the IHA, the Housewares segment.segment of the U.S. housewares industry grew 18.6% from 1999 to 2004, including an increase of 4.7% from 2003 to 2004. The U.S. housewares industry is highly fragmented. We estimate there are approximately 2,200 companies in the housewares industry, of which approximately 1,700industry. Houseware products are member companies of the IHA. The three largest distribution channelsproducts sold generally in most retail stores in the U.S. housewares industry are Discount Stores/Supercenters, Department Stores and Specialty Stores.United States.

        According to the IHA, the Housewares segment of the U.S. housewares industry has grown 18.6% from 1999 to 2004, including an increase of 4.7% from 2003 to 2004. However, growth of individual product categories varies and some new categories have experienced even higher growth, such as silicone bakeware, which according to HomeWorld, an industry publication, grew at an estimated average annual rate of 53.7% between 2000 and 2003.

        According to HomeWorld, the list below shows total 2004 retail sales in the United States for those product categories in which we currently compete and for which data is available:


Competitive Strengths

        We believe that the following key competitive strengths, among others, will contribute to our continued success:

Broad Portfolio of Powerful Brands.  Our products are marketed under some of the most well-respected and well-recognized brand names in our industry, which enables us to differentiate our product lines from lesser knownlesser-known brands and commodity items in the eyes of both our retail customers and consumers. According to the HFN Brand Survey for 2005, KitchenAid®, Farberware®, and Cuisinart® and Hoffritz® ranked #1, #2 #4 and #14,#4, respectively, in their "Kitchen“Kitchen Tool, Cutlery and Gadgets"Gadgets” category. We believe that our broad portfolio of brands and the use of sub-brands to differentiate product lines within each brand effectively address the varied needs of our diverse retail customer base.

Proven Track Record of Innovation and New Product Introductions.  Our strategy is to constantly innovate and to introduce hundredslarge numbers of new products across all of our brands each year. Our strong in-house product design and development capabilities allow us to continuously expand and refresh our product offerings according to our customers'customers’ preferences. The substantial majority of our products are designed and developed in-house by our design and development team, which consists of 55



approximately 75 professional artists, designers and engineers. We expect to develop or redesign over 700 products in 2005 and over 800approximately 2,500 products in 2006. Utilizing the latest available design tools, technology and materials, we work closely with our suppliers to enable efficient and timely manufacturing of our products. In addition to styling and designing numerous products within each of our categories and each of our brands, our design and development team invents products with entirely new functionalities. We also utilize our design and development capabilities to help our suppliers achieve manufacturing efficiencies and introduce new manufacturing technologies. In addition, our in-house design capabilities lower product development costs and shorten the "time-to-market"“time-to-market” of new products.

Established Sourcing Expertise.  We have been sourcing products in Asia for over 40 years40years and we currently have twofour sourcing offices staffed by ourapproximately 150 employees in China. Our personnel'sWe believe our personnel’s significant sourcing expertise allows us to determine where to source our products for the bestsuperior prices and quality. By not investinglimiting our investment in manufacturing facilities, we are able to minimize our fixed costs and concentrate on efficiently managing our suppliers'suppliers’ variable costs of production. We believe that we have and will continue to maintain strong relationships with our key suppliers, thereby affording us priority status and access to timely and quality production.

Strong Relationships with Retail Customers.  We sell our products to a diverse nationwide retail customer base. Our 21 most important retail customers are each serviced by an in-house team that includes representatives from our sales, marketing, merchandising and product development departments. We generally collaborate with our retail customers and in many instances produce specific versions of our product lines with exclusive designs and packaging for their stores, which are appropriately priced for their respective customer bases.

National Distribution Capability.  Our sixeight primary distribution centers in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Massachusetts, and California are strategically located near the ports of entry for our products on the East and West Coasts and afford us nationwide distribution capabilities. Our largest distribution center is a modern facility located in Robbinsville, New Jersey. We also operate two additional distribution facilities located in York, Pennsylvania which were acquired in connection with the Pfaltzgraff acquisition, distribution facilities in East Boston, Massachusetts and Mira Loma, California, which were acquired in connection with the Syratech acquisition and a distribution facility located in Winchendon, Massachusetts. In addition, we utilize two facilities located in California, which are both operated for us by a third-party logistics provider.

Scalability and Ability to Integrate New Businesses.  We believe that our centralized design, sourcing, marketing, distribution, finance and administration structure allows us to expand our business organically and to acquire new businesses which can benefit from such centralization. Our largest distribution center in Robbinsville, New Jersey is a modern facility that enables us to satisfy the current "just-in-time"“just-in-time” delivery requirements of our retail customers, as well as potentially more stringent requirements that may be imposed upon us in the future.

3


Experienced and Incentivized Management Team.  We believe our management team, which includes executives with significant experience in the U.S. housewares and consumer products industries (an average of approximately 25 years25years for our executive officers), provides us with a competitive advantage. After giving effect to this offering, ourOur executive officers will beneficially own approximately 19.8%19.2% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis.


Our Strategy

        Our primary objective is to be the leading supplier in each of the product categories in which we compete. We believe this objective would enable us to negotiate even more effectively with our key



customers on product placement and pricing, which in turn would help us increase our revenues and improve our margins due to manufacturing economies of scale. Key elements of our strategy include:

Increase Sales of our Premium Brands.  We focus on increasing our revenue from brands that are highly recognized and valued by both retail customersretailers and consumers. We have achieved growth by adding additional categories under each brand as well as new products within existing categories. We offer consumers a broad spectrum of products across different price points, providing the opportunity for them to trade up to branded products and then to higher-end product lines within our well-recognized brand names.

Continue to Introduce New Innovative Products.  We use our design capabilities to continuously introduce new products and to refresh our product assortment. We practice "disruptive technology"“disruptive technology” by creating innovative products, packaging, displays and marketing programs that force our competitors to follow. In addition, we have the capability to create entirely new products with different functionalities. We track design innovations in the broader consumer products market and, when appropriate, apply these concepts to our product lines.

Expand Product Categories.  We intend to continue expanding our product categories beyond our current categories. We plan to do this both through acquisitions of existing businesses, as in the recent Pfaltzgraff, Salton and SaltonSyratech acquisitions, and by introducing products in new categories under our existing brands as we have done with the recently introduced KitchenAid® line of sinkware.

Increase Customer Penetration.  We sell our products to most major retailers in the United States. We work together with our major retail customers to broaden the range of products purchased by each customer within our existing product categories and to sell new categories of products to each customer.

Improve Operating Margins.  Managing our variable costs is the principal factor that allows us to improve our operating margins. We use design initiatives to lower supplier production costs and, where appropriate, to take advantage of lower cost raw materials. Because we are not investedhave minimal investment in fixed manufacturing facilities, we can seek the highest quality suppliers with the lowest cost. We also seek to improve our margins by reducing distribution costs through efficiencies in our distribution system and customer collaboration.

Pursue Selective Acquisition Opportunities.  We have historically grown and expect to continue to grow by acquiring brands and businesses that allow us to expand our existing product categories or provide new opportunities in the market for home products and that can benefit from the use of our brands and our centralized design, marketing, sourcing and distribution capabilities.


Recent Developments

        Since July 2004,2005, we have completed three acquisitions in the Tabletop category, making it our second largest product category.

        Excel Acquisition.    On July 23, 2004, we completed the acquisition of the business and substantially all of the assets of Excel Importing Corp. ("Excel"), which designed, marketed and distributed a diversified line of high quality cutlery, tabletop, cookware and barware products under well-recognized premium brand names, including Sabatier®, Farberware®, Joseph Abboud Environments® and DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen, all of which are licensed, and Retroneu®, which is owned. The Excel acquisition broadened our portfolio of brands, expanded our customer base to include additional higher-end retailers and specialty stores and added flatware, dinnerware, drinkware and cookware to the product categories we offer. The purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $7.1 million.



Pfaltzgraff Acquisition.  On July 11, 2005, we completed the acquisition of the business and certain assets of The Pfaltzgraff Co. (which we refer to as “Pfaltzgraff”), one of America'sAmerica’s leading designers and marketers of dinnerware and tabletop accessories for the home. Its products are broadly distributed through retail chains and sold through company-operated outlet stores as well as through the Internet and our catalog operations. The purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $38.1 million.$38.2 million, which we paid in cash.

Salton Acquisition.  On September 19, 2005, we completed the acquisition of certain tabletop assets and the related business from Salton,Inc. ("Salton"(which we refer to as “Salton”). The assets include Salton'srights to Salton’s Block® and Sasaki® brands, licenses to market Calvin Klein® and NapaStyle™ tabletop products and distribution of upscale crystal products under the Atlantis brand. In

4


addition, we entered into a license agreement with Salton to market tabletop products under the Stiffel® brand. The purchase price was approximately $14.0 million.$14.0million, which we paid in cash.

Syratech Acquisition.  On April27, 2006, we completed the acquisition of the business and certain assets of Syratech , which designed, imported and manufactured a diverse portfolio of tabletop, home décor and picture frame products under such key brands in home fashion as Wallace Silversmiths®, Towle Silversmiths®, International Silver Company®, Tuttle®, Melannco International®, Elements® and Rochard®. In addition, we acquired Syratech’s licenses for Cuisinart® and Kenneth Cole Reaction Home® brands for tabletop products. The purchase price, subject to working capital adjustments, which may be significant, was approximately $54.6million, of which $42.1million was paid in cash and $12.5million was paid in 439,676 shares of our common stock (which we refer to as the “Consideration Shares”). 193,458 Consideration Shares were issued directly to Syratech and 246,218 Consideration Shares are being held in escrow by the escrow agent appointed pursuant to the asset purchase agreement as a holdback to cover working capital adjustments and indemnity claims. Any changes to the purchase price as a result of working capital adjustments are not expected to have a material impact on our operations.


Notes Offering.  In June 2006, we completed a private placement of $75 million principal amount of 4.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2011 pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (which we refer to as the “Securities Act”). The Notes were resold by the initial purchasers to persons they reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act. Noteholders may convert their Notes into shares of our common stock at an initial conversion rate of 35.7143 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes at any time prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the maturity date. The conversion rate is equivalent to an initial conversion price of $28.00 per share. Proceeds from the private placement were used to pay down outstanding indebtedness under our existing credit facility.

Our Corporate Information

        We are a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. Our principal executive office is located at One Merrick Avenue, Westbury, New York 11590 and our telephone number is (516)683-6000. Our website address iswww.lifetimebrands.com.Neither our website nor the information contained in our website is part of this prospectus.

5



Market and Industry Data

        In this prospectus we rely on and refer to information and statistics regarding our industry. We obtained this market data from independent industry publications, such as HFN, the IHA's 2005 "StateSummary of the Industry Report" and HomeWorld or other publicly available information. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from our review of internal surveys and studies, as well as independent industry publications. Although we believe that these outside sources are reliable, we have not independently verified and do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of this information.


Trademarks and Service Marks

        We own or have rights to various trademarks and tradenames used in our business, including: Baker's Advantage®, Block®, Calvin Klein®, Candleglow™ Serviceware, CasaModa™, Cuisinart®, Cuisine de France®, DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen, Farberware®, Gemco®, Hershey®'s, Hershey®'s Kiss®, Hoan®, Hoffritz®, Joseph Abboud Environments®, Kamenstein®, Kathy Ireland Home®, KitchenAid®, Knife Vault®, Lagioule™, NapaStyle™, Nautica®, PerfectTear®, Pfaltzgraff®, Retroneu®, Roshco®, Sabatier®, Sasaki®, S'mores Maker™, Stiffel®, :USE® and Weir in Your Kitchen™. This prospectusNotes and the documents incorporated by reference also include trademarks, service marks and trade names of other companies.


Common Stock


The Offering

Common stock offered by usSecurities Offered1,500,000 shares(1)$75,000,000 principal amount of 4.75% Convertible Senior Notes Due 2011.

Common
Up to 2,678,571 shares of common stock, offeredsubject to adjustment upon certain events (for resale by Selling Securityholders after conversion of the selling stockholders

1,000,000 shares(1)Notes), issuable by us, upon conversion of the Notes.

Common stock outstanding after this offering
Maturity Date of the Notes

12,660,645 sharesJuly 15, 2011

Use
Cash Interest on the Notes4.75% per year on the principal amount from June 27, 2006, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for, payable semiannually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of proceedseach year, commencing January 15, 2007. The interest rate will be calculated using a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months.

Conversion Rights

Noteholders may convert their Notes into shares of our common stock at an initial conversion rate of 35.7143 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes at any time prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the maturity date. The conversion rate is equivalent to an initial conversion price of $28.00 per share.

Upon conversion of a Note, a Noteholder will not receive any cash payment of interest (unless such conversion occurs between a regular record date and the interest payment date to which it relates) and we will not adjust the conversion rate to account for accrued and unpaid interest.
 
We estimatemay elect to deliver either shares of our common stock, cash or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock in satisfaction of our obligations upon conversion of Notes. At any time on or prior to the 26th trading day preceding the maturity date, we may irrevocably elect to satisfy in cash our conversion obligation with respect to the principal amount of the Notes to be converted after the date of such election, with any remaining amount to be satisfied in shares of our common stock. This election would be in our sole discretion without the consent of the Noteholders. See "Description of the Notes--Conversion Rights--Settlement upon Conversion."
Anti-Dilution Adjustments in the NotesThe conversion rate may be adjusted if certain events occur. See "Description of the Notes--Conversion Right Adjustments."

Make Whole AmountNoteholders who convert their Notes in connection with certain fundamental changes, as defined herein, may be entitled to a make whole premium in the form of an increase in the conversion rate. See "Description of the Notes--Conversion Rights--Make Whole Amount."

Ranking of the NotesThe Notes are our general unsecured obligations and rank senior in right of payment to all of our existing and future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes. The Notes rank equally in right of payment with all of our net proceeds from this offeringexisting and future liabilities that are not so subordinated. The Notes effectively rank junior to any of our secured indebtedness, to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness, and are structurally subordinated to all liabilities of our subsidiaries. In the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of our company, our assets that secure secured indebtedness will be approximately $         million. available to pay obligations on the Notes only after all such secured indebtedness has been repaid in full from such assets.

As of September 21, 2006, we had $14.4 million of letters of credit, $32.0 million of short-term borrowings and $5.0 million of long-term debt that would be pari passu with the Notes, all of which was secured indebtedness outstanding under our Credit Facility.

Optional Redemption of the NotesWe may not redeem the Notes at any time prior to maturity.

Purchase of the Notes by Us at the Option of the NoteholderOther than in the event of a fundamental change described below, Noteholders may not require us to purchase the Notes at any time prior to maturity.

6


Fundamental ChangeUpon a fundamental change involving us, each Noteholder may require us to purchase for cash all or a portion of such Noteholder's Notes. The price we are required to pay is 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the purchase date.

Use of ProceedsWe will not receive any proceeds from the sale of anythe Notes or the shares of our common stock offered by the selling stockholders. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay $         million of indebtedness outstanding under our $100 million secured revolving credit facility (the "Credit Facility"). See "Use of Proceeds."prospectus.

Risk factors
Global SecuritiesThe Notes are evidenced by one or more global Notes deposited with the trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, or DTC. The global Notes have been registered in the name of Cede & Co., as DTC's nominee.

Transfer RestrictionsUntil the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part becomes effective, the Notes and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, or any state securities laws. Once effective, if the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part does not remain effective, this could adversely affect the liquidity and price of the Notes and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes.

Registration RightsWe have entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers. In the registration rights agreement, we agreed to use our reasonable best efforts to:

cause this registration statement to become effective as promptly as is practicable, but in no event later than December 24, 2006; and

 

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 9 of

keep this prospectusregistration statement effective for a discussionperiod from the date this registration statement is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (which we refer to as the “SEC”) until such date that is the earlier of factors you should carefully consider before deciding(1) the date as of which all the Notes or the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes (which we refer to investas “registrable securities”) have been sold either under Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar provision then in force) or pursuant to this registration statement; (2) the date as of which all of the registrable securities held by non-affiliates are eligible to be sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or any successor provision; or (3) the date on which there are no outstanding registrable securities.

If we do not fulfill certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreement, we will be required to pay liquidated damages to holders of the Notes (which we refer to as a “Noteholder”). If a Noteholder converts some or all of its Notes into common stock, such Noteholder will not be entitled to liquidated damages with respect to the common stock. However, if a Noteholder converts its Notes when there exists a registration default with respect to the common stock, we will increase the conversion rate by 3% as described under “Description of the Notes — Registration Rights” instead of paying any liquidated damages on the shares issuable upon conversion, if any.


Nasdaq NationalTrading
Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol

LCUT “LCUT.” The Notes trade in the Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automatic Linkages Market, commonly referred to as the Portal Market.

(1)
Assumes

Risk Factors

        For a discussion of certain risks that should be considered in connection with an investment in the underwriters' over-allotment option to purchase 375,000 shares is not exercised.

The number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering is based on shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2005Notes and unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares outstanding does not include shares of our common stock, reservedsee “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 of this prospectus.

7


Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

        Our consolidated ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing earnings by fixed charges. The following table shows our consolidated ratio of earnings to fixed charges for issuance upon exercise of stock options that have been or may in the future be granted under our compensation plans. As of Septembersix months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, there were 553,307 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, at a weighted average exercise price of $7.94 per share,respectively, and 965,550 shares of common stock reserved for future grants.



Summary Consolidated Financial Data

        The table below sets forth a summary of our selected financial data aseach of the end of and for thefive fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, and as of the end of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2004 on an actual and, in the case of the September 30, 2005 balance sheet data, on an as adjusted basis as well. The information presented as of the end of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for such periods and the information as of the end and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2004 is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for such periods. As adjusted data gives effect to this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom as described under "Use of Proceeds." In our opinion, the information for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2004 reflects all adjustments consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly present our results of operations and financial condition. Results for the period ended September 30, 2005 should not be considered indicative of results for any other period. This information should be read together with the discussion in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.31:

 
 Year Ended December 31,
 Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 2004
 2003
 2002
 2005
 2004
 
  
  
  
 (unaudited)

 
 (in thousands except per share data)

Income Statement Data:               
Net sales $189,458 $160,355 $131,219 $183,516 $121,399
Gross profit  77,961  67,437  58,074  78,548  50,003
Distribution expenses  22,830  21,030  22,255  22,171  16,406
Selling, general and administrative expenses  40,282  31,762  28,923  43,911  27,904
Income from operations  14,849  14,645  6,896  12,466  5,693
Income before income taxes  14,074  13,989  5,958  11,103  5,202
Income from continuing operations  8,472  8,415  3,551  6,883  3,132
Basic income per common share from continuing operations $0.77 $0.79 $0.34 $0.62 $0.29
Weighted average shares—basic  10,982  10,628  10,516  11,073  10,960
Diluted income per common share from continuing operations $0.75 $0.78 $0.34 $0.61 $0.28
Weighted average shares and common share equivalents—diluted  11,226  10,754  10,541  11,290  11,217
Cash dividends paid per common share $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.188 $0.188

Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Depreciation and amortization $4,074 $3,673 $3,457 $3,930 $2,926
Capital expenditures  2,911  2,213  1,807  4,752  1,695
 
 December 31,
 September 30,
  
 
 September 30, 2005
As Adjusted

 
 2004
 2003
 2002
 2005
 2004
 
  
  
  
 (unaudited)

  
Balance Sheet Data:                 
Cash and cash equivalents $1,741 $1,175 $62 $105 $689  
Total assets  157,217  136,980  113,369  247,198  156,547  
Total debt  24,400  16,800  14,200  87,200  32,200  
Total stockholders' equity  92,938  86,081  78,309  99,070  87,835  
Six Months
Ended June 30,

Year Ended December 31,
2006200520052004200320022001
Ratios of earnings to fixedN/A(2)3.4x4.5x5.7x6.1x3.0x3.1x
charges(1)

(1)  We do not believe that the ratios for the six month period is necessarily indicative of the ratios for the twelve month periods due to the seasonal nature of our business. The ratios were calculated pursuant to applicable rules of the SEC.

(2)  In the six months ended June 30, 2006, our earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $1.0 million.

8



RISK FACTORS

Any investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.        You should carefully consider the risks described below together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus before making an investment decision. The risks and uncertainties described below may not be the only ones we face. If anyAdditional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. Any of the followingthese risks actually occurs,may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or financial condition would likely suffer.and cash flows. In such an event, the trading price of our common stock could decline andthat case, you couldmay lose all or part of your investment.


Risks Related to Our Business

We must successfully anticipate changing consumer preferences and buying trends and manage our product line and inventory commensurate with customer demand.

        Our success depends upon our ability to anticipate and respond to changing merchandise trends and customer demands in a timely manner. Consumer preferences cannot be predicted with certainty and may change between selling seasons. We must make decisions as to design, development, expansion and production of new and existing product lines. If we misjudge either the market for our products, the purchasing patterns of our retailers' customers, or the appeal of the design, functionality or variety of our product lines, our sales may decline significantly, and we may be required to mark down certain products to sell the resulting excess inventory or sell such inventory through our outlet stores, or other liquidation channels, at prices which can be significantly lower than our normal wholesale prices, each of which would harm our business and operating results.

        In addition, we must manage our inventory effectively and commensurate with customer demand. A substantial portion of our inventory is sourced from vendors located outside the United States. We generally commit to purchasing products before we receive firm orders from our retail customers and frequently before trends are known. The extended lead times for many of our purchases, as well as the development time for design and deployment of new products, may make it difficult for us to respond rapidly to new or changing trends. In addition, the seasonal nature of our business requires us to carry a significant amount of inventory prior to the year-end holiday selling season. As a result, we are vulnerable to demand and pricing shifts and to misjudgments in the selection and timing of product purchases. If we do not accurately predict our customers' preferences and acceptance levels of our products, our inventory levels may not be appropriate, and our business and operating results may be adversely impacted.

Our business depends, in part, on factors affecting consumer spending that are out of our control.

        Our business depends on consumer demand for our products and, consequently, is sensitive to a number of factors that influence consumer spending, including general economic conditions, disposable consumer income, recession and inflation, incidents and fears relating to national security, terrorism and war, hurricanes, floods and other natural disasters, inclement weather, consumer debt, unemployment rates, interest rates, sales tax rates, fuel and energy prices, consumer confidence in future economic conditions and political conditions, and consumer perceptions of personal well-being and security generally. Adverse changes in factors affecting discretionary consumer spending could reduce consumer demand for our products, change the mix of products we sell to a different mix with a lower average gross margin, slower inventory turnover and greater markdowns on inventory, thus reducing our sales and harming our business and operating results.



We face intense competition from companies with brands or products similar to ours and from companies in the retail industry.

        The markets for Kitchenware, Tabletop, Cutlery and& Cutting Boards, Bakeware & Cookware, Pantryware & Spices and Pantryware and SpicesHome Decor are highly competitive and include numerous domestic and foreign competitors, some of which are larger than us, have greater financial and other resources than we do and may have more established brand names in some or all of the markets we serve. The primary competitive factors in selling such products to retailers are consumer brand name recognition, quality, packaging, breadth of product line, distribution capability, prompt delivery in response to retail customers' order requirements, and ultimate price to the consumer.

        The competitive challenges facing us include:


        In addition, we operate our outlet store, our mail order catalog and our Internet businesses under highly competitive conditions. We have numerous and varied competitors at the national and local levels, including conventional and specialty department stores, other specialty stores, mass merchants, value retailers, discounters, and Internet and mail order retailers. Competition is characterized by many factors, including assortment, advertising, price, quality, service, location, reputation and credit availability. If we do not compete effectively with regard to these factors, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

        In light of the many competitive challenges facing us, we may not be able to compete successfully. Increased competition could adversely affect our sales, operating results and business, by forcing us to lower our prices or sell fewer units, which could reduce our gross profit and net income.

Our recently expanded direct-to-consumer retail business may not be successful.

        Our recent acquisition of the business and certain assets of Pfaltzgraff in 2005 included Pfaltzgraff's mail order catalog, Internet and outlet store businesses. As a result, our direct-to-consumer retail segment has become a more significant part of our overall business. In recent years, Pfaltzgraff incurred significant losses in the operation of its outlet stores and we incurred losses operating our Farberware®outlet stores. We intend to restructureIn addition, our outlet stores operations by consolidating some locationshave not been profitable for the first six months of 2006 and closing a significant percentage ofwill not be profitable for the year. We continue to evaluate our Pfaltzgraff®outlet stores operations. In January 2006, we closed 20 Farberware®stores and 13 Pfaltzgraff®stores in order to consolidate certain Farberware® outletand Pfaltzgraff®stores that coexisted within the same geographic area and to eliminate certain unprofitable stores. We may also open new Pfaltzgraff®and Farberware®stores and introduce new store formats. There can be no assuranceWe cannot assure Noteholders that we can restructure our outlet store operations so aswill achieve profitability. Moreover, prior to achieve profitability in this segment of our business. Moreover,July 2005, we havehad no priorsignificant experience in mail order catalog and Internet sales operations. Our failure to compete effectively in these areas would have an adverse effect upon the results of our operations.

We have a single customer that accounted for 24%20% of our net sales in 2004.2005.

        We distribute our products through a diverse nationwide base of retail customers including mass merchants, specialty stores, national chains, department stores, warehouse clubs, home centers,



supermarkets and off-price retailers, as well as through other channels of distribution, including our outlet stores. However, during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 2003 and 2002,2003, Wal-Mart Stores,Inc. (including Sam's Club) accounted for approximately 24%20%, 29%24% and 20%29% of net sales, respectively, and our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 59%51%, 62%59% and 56%62% of net sales, respectively. Any material reduction of product orders by Wal-Mart Stores,Inc. could have significant adverse effects on our business and operating results, including the loss of predictability and volume production efficiencies associated with such a large customer. In addition, pressure by Wal-Mart Stores,Inc. to reduce the price of our products could result in the reduction of our operating margin. No customer other than Wal-Mart Stores,Inc. accounted for 10% or more of our net sales during 2005, 2004 2003 or 2002.2003.

We depend on key vendors for timely and effective sourcing of our products, and we are subject to various risks and uncertainties that may affect our vendors' ability to produce quality merchandise.

        We do not own any manufacturing facilities other than a sterling silver flatware manufacturing facility in Puerto Rico which we acquired in connection with our acquisition of the business and certain assets of Syratech in April 2006 and our spice packing line within our Winchendon, Massachusetts facility and are dependent on key vendors forfacility. We source all of our production requirements.other products from independent suppliers, with which we have in many cases established long-term relationships. Our performance depends on our ability to have our products manufactured to our designs and specifications in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. We have no contractual assurances of continued supply, pricing or access to products, and generally,in general, vendors couldmay discontinue selling to us at any time. At various times in the future, weWe may not be able to acquire our products in sufficient quantities, with the quality assurance we require, and on terms acceptable to us.

        We source our products from approximately 125325 suppliers located primarily in the People's Republic of China, and to a lesser extent in the United States, Taiwan, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, Germany, France, Korea, the Czech Republic, Italy, India, Portugal and Hong Kong. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 ourOur three largest suppliers provided us with approximately 54% of the products we distributed as compared to 62% for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003.in 2005 and 2004. This concentration of sourcing in certain key vendors is a risk to our business. Furthermore, because our

10


product lines cover thousands of products, many products are produced for us by only one or two manufacturers. An interruption of supply from any of these manufacturers could have an adverse impact on our ability to fill orders on a timely basis.

        As a result, an interruption of supply from any of our suppliers, or the loss of one or more key vendors, could have a negative effect on our business and operating results because we would be missing products that could be important to our assortment or to coordinated branded product lines, unless and until alternative supply arrangements are secured. We may not be able to develop relationships with new vendors, and products from alternative sources, if any, may be of a lesser quality and/or more expensive than those we currently purchase. Replacement of manufacturing sources would require long lead-times to assure the vendor'svendors' capability to manufacture to our designs and specifications, maintain quality control and achieve the production levels we require. In addition, some of our customers demand a certain standard of shipping fulfillment (usually as a percentage of orders placed) and any disruption in the manufacturing of our products could result in our failure to meet such standards.

        In addition, we are subject to certain risks, including risks relating to the availability of raw materials, labor disputes, union organizing activity, inclement weather, natural disasters, and general economic and political conditions, that might limit our vendors' ability to provide us with quality merchandise on a timely basis. For these or other reasons, one or more of our vendors might not adhere to our quality control standards, and we might not identify the deficiency before products are shipped to our retail customers. Our vendors' failure to manufacture or ship quality merchandise in a timely and efficient manner could damage our reputation and that of brands offered by us, and could lead to a loss or reduction in orders by our retail customers and an increase in product liability claims or litigation.



Because most of our vendors are located in foreign countries, we are subject to a variety of additional risks and uncertainties.

        Our dependence on foreign vendors means, in part, that we may be affected by declines in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other foreign currencies. Although substantially all of our foreign purchases of products are negotiated and paid for in U.S. dollars, declines in foreign currencies and currency exchange rates might negatively affect the profitability and business prospects of our foreign vendors. This, in turn, might cause such foreign vendors to demand higher prices for products, hold up shipments to us or discontinue selling to us,us; any of which could ultimately reduce our sales or increase our costs.

        We are also subject to other risks and uncertainties associated with changing economic and political conditions in foreign countries. These risks and uncertainties include import duties and quotas, concerns over anti-dumping, work stoppages, economic uncertainties (including inflation), foreign government regulations, incidents and fears involving security, terrorism and wars, political unrest and other trade restrictions. We cannot predict whether any of the countries in which our products are currently manufactured or may be manufactured in the future will be subject to trade restrictions imposed by the U.S. or foreign governments or the likelihood, type or effect of any such restrictions. Any event causing a disruption or delay of imports from foreign vendors, including the imposition of additional import restrictions, restrictions on the transfer of funds and/or increased tariffs or quotas, or both, with respect to products for the home could increase the cost or reduce the supply of products available to us and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Furthermore, some or all of our foreign vendors' operations may be adversely affected by political and financial instability resulting in the disruption of trade from exporting countries, restrictions on the transfer of funds and/or other trade disruptions.

        In addition, there is a risk that one or more of our foreign vendors will not adhere to our compliance standards such as fair labor practices and prohibitions on child labor. Such circumstances might create an unfavorable impression of our sourcing practices or the practices of some of our vendors that could harm our image. Additionally, certain of our major retail customers, including Wal-Mart Stores,Inc., routinely inspect our suppliers' facilities to determine their compliance with applicable labor laws. A determination by such customers that one or more of our suppliers violate such standards could jeopardize our sales to such customers if we or our suppliers cannot effectively remedy any such violation in a timely manner. If any of these occur, we could lose sales, customer goodwill and favorable brand recognition, which could negatively affect our business and operating results.

Many of our leading product lines are manufactured under licensed trademarks and any failure to retain such licenses on acceptable terms may have an adverse effect on our business.

        We promote and market some of our most successful product lines under trademarks we license from third-parties.third parties. Several of these license agreements are subject to termination by the licensor.

        Our license agreement with Whirlpool Corporation allows us to design, manufacture and market an extensive range of kitchenware, bakeware, cutlery, sinkware, pantryware and spices under the KitchenAid®brand name. We have recently extended

11


the term of the license agreement to December 31, 2009. Whirlpool Corporation may terminate this license for cause if we are in default or upon the occurrence of a change of control of our company. In addition, Whirlpool Corporation may terminate the agreement if, based on certain statistical parameters, a customer survey conducted by it shows that customers are dissatisfied with the products we market under the license. Products marketed under the KitchenAid®name accounted for a substantial portion of our revenues in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.2005, and the six months ended June 30, 2006. We may not be successful in maintaining or renewing the KitchenAid®license, which expires on December 31, 2009 and has significant commercial value to us, on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. The



loss of the KitchenAid®license, or an increase in the royalties we pay under such license upon renewal, could have a material adverse affecteffect on our results of operations.

        In addition, any of the licensors of the previously mentioned trade names may encounter problems that would potentially diminish the prestige of the licensed trade names. In turn, this could negatively reflect on our line of products that are marketed under the applicable trade name. In the event that this occurs with respect to one of our leading product lines, our sales and financial results may be adversely affected. Certain of our licenses have minimum sales requirements. If we are unable to achieve the minimum sales requirements under these licenses, we may incur a loss related to these licenses.

We must successfully manage the complexities associated with a multi-channel and multi-brand business.

        Our business requires the development, marketing and production of a wide variety of products in several categories: Kitchenware, Tabletop, Cutlery and& Cutting Boards, Bakeware & Cookware, Pantryware & Spices and Pantryware and Spices.Home Décor. Within each of these categories, it is necessary to market several full lines of branded products targeting different price and prestige levels, and each of these branded lines must contain an assortment of products and accessories with matched designs and packaging which are often sold as sets. Our different product lines are sold under a variety of brand names, some of which are owned and some of which are licensed. Many of our products are inherently of the type that consumers prefer to purchase as part of a branded, matched line. Accordingly, both for marketing reasons and under the requirements of our license agreements, we must maintain breadth of product lines and we must devote significant resources to developing and marketing new designs for our product lines. The inability to maintain breadth of our product lines—whether due to vendor difficulties, design issues, retail orders for less than all of the products in a line, or other problems—could result in competitive disadvantages as well as the potential loss of valuable license arrangements.

        In addition, we sell our products through several different distribution channels (department store chains, mass merchants, specialty stores, national chains, warehouse clubs, home centers, supermarkets, off-price retailers, outlet stores, catalogs and over the Internet) and we must manage the selective deployment of branded lines within these channels so as to achieve maximum revenue and profitability. Failure to properly align brands and product lines to the price and prestige levels associated with particular channels of distribution could result in product line failures, damage to our reputation, and lost revenuerevenues and profits.

Our ability to deliver products to our customers in a timely manner and to satisfy our customers' fulfillment standards iscustomers’fulfillment standardsis subject to several factors, some of which are beyond our control.

        Our retail customers place great emphasis on timely delivery of our products for specific selling seasons and to fulfill consumer demand throughout the year. We cannot control all of the various factors that might affect product delivery to our retail customers. Vendor production delays, difficulties encountered in shipping from overseas as well asand customs clearance are on-going risks of our business. We also rely upon third-party carriers for our product shipments from our warehouse facilities to customers, and we rely on the shipping arrangements our suppliers have made in the case of products shipped directly to our retail customers from the supplier. Accordingly, we are subject to risks associated with such carriers’ ability to provide delivery services to meet our shipping needs, including risks relating to labor disputes such as the West Coast port strike of 2002, union organizing activity, inclement weather, natural disasters, possible acts of terrorism, the availability of shipping containers and increased security restrictions, associated with such carriers' ability to provide delivery services to meet our shipping needs.restrictions. Failure to deliver products in a timely and effective manner to our retail customers could damage our reputation and brands and result in loss of customers or reduced orders. In addition, fuel costs have increased substantially, which will likely result in increased shipping expenses. Increased transportation costs and any disruption in our distribution process, especially during the second half of the year, which is our busiest selling period, could adversely affect our business and operating results.



Our reliance on third partya third-party logistics providersprovider may result in customer dissatisfaction or increased costs.

        Our twoTwo of our distribution facilities in California are currently operated by a third-party logistics provider. Failure of the third-party logistics provider to effectively and accurately manage on-site inventory and logistics functions at these distribution facilities, especially during the second half of the year, could have an adverse effect on our business and our financial results.

12


Our quarterly results of operations might fluctuate due to a variety of factors, including ordering patterns of our customersourcustomers and the seasonality of our business.

        Our quarterly results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the future, depending upon a variety of factors, including, but not limited to the ordering patterns and timing of promotions of our major retail customers, which may differ significantly from period to period or from our original forecasts, and the strategic importance of third and fourth quarter results. A significant portion of our revenues and net earnings are realized during the second half of the calendar year, as order volume from our retail customer base reaches its peak as our customers increase their inventories for the end of yearend-of-year holiday season. If, for any reason, we were to realize significantly lower-than-expected revenues or net earnings during the September through December selling season, our business and results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

Our corporate compliance program cannot assure that we will be in complete compliance with all potentially applicable regulations, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

        As a publicly traded company we are subject to significant regulations, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Many of these regulations are of recent adoption and may be subject to change. In connection with our assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controlscontrol over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004,2005, and the corresponding audit of that assessment by our independent registered public accounting firm, we identified severalone significant deficienciesdeficiency in our internal controlscontrol over financial reporting. None of the deficiencies constitutedThis deficiency did not constitute a "material weakness"“material weakness” as defined by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. Although we believe that we have remediated each of the identified deficiencies,deficiency, we cannot assure the Noteholders that our independent registered public accounting firm will be satisfied with the steps that we have taken to remediate the deficiency. In addition, we cannot assure the Noteholders that we will not find significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the future orfuture. Further, our independent registered public accounting firm has not yet performed its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting for the current year, which will cover the operations of our recently acquired Pfaltzgraff and Salton businesses for the first time. Thus, we cannot be assured that our independent registered public accounting firm will conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is operating effectively. In addition, our auditors have not yet performed their assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting for the current year and we cannot assure that our auditors will be satisfied with the steps that we have taken to remediate the deficiencies.

We may not be able to successfully identify, manage and integrate future acquisitions.

        Since 1995 we have completed eightnine acquisitions. Although we have grown significantly through acquisitions and intend to continue to pursue additional acquisitions in the future, we may not be able to identify appropriate acquisition candidates or, if we do, we may not be able to successfully negotiate the terms of the acquisition, finance the acquisition or integrate the acquired business effectively and profitably into our existing operations. Integration of an acquired business could disrupt our business by diverting management away from day-to-day operations. Furthermore, failure to successfully integrate any acquisition may cause significant operating inefficiencies and could adversely affect our profitability.

We may not be able successfully to integrate the recent Pfaltzgraff and Salton acquisitions.Syratech acquisition.

        We are currently integrating the operations of our recently acquired Pfaltzgraff and Salton businesses.Syratech business. We may experience difficulties in managing the integration process or in establishing effective internal financial controlscontrol over these businesses,this business, which could adversely affect our results. In



addition, the independent registered public accounting firm auditing our financial statements must attest to and report on management's assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis. If our auditors are not satisfied with our internal controls, they may decline to attest to management's assessment or issue a qualified report. This could result in a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We have limited experience operating in the Tabletop category, which is our second largest product category.category, and in the Home Décor Category.

        We recently acquired from Pfaltzgraff, Salton and SaltonSyratech several brands and several product lines in categories wherein which we have limited experience, including flatware, dinnerware, glassware, crystal, serveware and tabletop accessories.accessories as well as home décor. Although the businesses acquired from Pfaltzgraff, Salton and SaltonSyratech are related to our existing categories of business, we only have brief experience operating in the Tabletop categoryand Home Décor categories in which the newly acquired businesses operate. We may encounter delays or difficulties in transitioning these brands and product lines and may not achieve the expected growth or cost savings, and it is not possible to predict the success of cross-selling our other product categories under the brands acquired from Pfaltzgraff, Salton or SaltonSyratech or selling our other higher endhigher-end brands to their respective upscale retail customers. In particular, sales of the tabletop categoryTabletop and Home Décor businesses tend to rely significantly more on the appeal to consumers of the aesthetic design of the products than our other products lines whose sales tend to depend more upon product functionality. Additionally, under their previous ownership, the recently acquired Pfaltzgraff, Salton and SaltonSyratech businesses suffered material operating losses. We cannot assure Noteholders that we can restore their respective product lines to profitability or that there will not be delays in doing so.

13


Loss of key employees may negatively impact our success.

        Our success depends on our ability to identify, hire and retain skilled personnel. Our industry is characterized by a high level of employee mobility and aggressive recruiting among competitors for personnel with track records of success. We may not be able to attract and retain skilled personnel or may incur significant costs in order to do so. If Jeffrey Siegel, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, would leave us, it would have a materially adverse effect on us.

We may compete with our customers'customers’ internal efforts to design and manufacture products similar to ours.

        Some of our existing and potential customers continuously evaluate whether to design and manufacture their own products or purchase them directly from outside vendors and distribute them under their own brand names. Although, based on our past experience, such products usually target the lower-end market, if any of our customers or potential customers pursue such option, it may adversely affect our business.

High costs of raw materials and energy may result in increased operating expenses and adversely affect our results of operationsofoperations and cash flow.

        Significant variations in the costs and availability of raw materials and energy may negatively affect our results of operations. Our vendors purchase significant amounts of metal and plastic to manufacture our products. They also purchase significant amounts of electricity to supply the energy required in our production processes. The rising cost of fuel may also increase our transportation costs. The cost of these raw materials and energy, in the aggregate, represents a significant portion of our operating expenses. Our results of operations have been and could in the future be significantly affected by increases in these costs. Price increases increase our working capital needs and, accordingly, can adversely affect our liquidity and cash flow. Additionally, higher fuel prices may decrease the number of consumer shopping trips and lower demand for merchandise sold through our outlet stores.



If we fail to adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, competitors may produce and market products similar to ours. In addition, we may be subject to intellectual property litigation and infringement claims by third parties.

        The success of our products is inherently dependent on new and original designs which appeal to consumer tastes and trends at various price and prestige levels. Our trademarks, service marks, patents, trade dress rights, trade secrets and other intellectual property are valuable assets that are critical to our success. Although we attempt to protect our proprietary properties through a combination of trademark, patent and trade secret laws and non-disclosure agreements, these may be insufficient. Although we have trademarks and certain patents issued or licensed to us for our products, we may not always be able to successfully protect or enforce our trademarks and patents against competitors, or against challenges by others. We source substantially all of our products from foreign vendors, and the ability to protect our intellectual property rights in foreign countries may be far more difficult than in the United States. Many foreign jurisdictions provide less legal protection of intellectual property rights than the United States and it is difficult to even detect infringing products in such jurisdictions until they are already in widespread distribution. The costs of enforcing our intellectual property may adversely affect our operating results.

        In addition, we may be subject to intellectual property litigation and infringement claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from selling our products. A successful claim of trademark, patent or other intellectual property infringement against us could adversely affect our growth and profitability, in some cases materially. Others may claim that our proprietary or licensed products are infringing their intellectual property rights, and our products may infringe those intellectual property rights. We may be unaware of intellectual property rights of others that may cover some of our products. If someone claims that our products infringe their intellectual property rights, any resulting litigation could be costly and time consuming and would divert the attention of management and key personnel from other business issues. We also may be subject to significant damages or injunctions preventing us from manufacturing, selling or using some aspect of our products in the event of a successful claim of patent or other intellectual property infringement. Any of these adverse consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business and profitability.

14


If our products are found to be defective, our credibility and that of our brands may be harmed, market acceptance of our products may decrease and we may be exposed to liability in excess of our products liability insurance coverage.

        The marketing of certain of our consumer products, such as tabletop cookware, involve an inherent risk of product liability claims or recalls or other regulatory or enforcement actions initiated by the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, by state regulatory authorities or through private causes of action. Any defects in products we market could harm our credibility, adversely affect our relationship with our customers and decrease market acceptance of our products and the strength of the brand names under which we market such products. In addition, potential product liability claims may exceed the amount of our insurance coverage under the terms of our policy. In the event that we are held liable for a product liability claim for which we are not insured, or for damages exceeding the limits of our insurance coverage, such claim could materially damage our business and our financial condition.

We experience business risks as a result of our Internet business.

        We compete with Internet businesses that handle similar lines of merchandise. These competitors have certain advantages, including the inapplicability of sales tax and the absence of retail real estate and related costs. As a result, increased Internet sales by our competitors could result in increased price competition and decreased margins adversely affecting our Internet, mail order catalog and retail



outlet businesses as well as our wholesale business. Our Internet operations are subject to numerous risks, including:

    including reliance on third-party hosting and computer software and hardware providers;

    diversion of sales from our outlet storesproviders and mail order catalogs; and

    online security breaches and/or credit card fraud.

        Our inability to effectively address these risks and any other risks that we face in connection with our Internet business could adversely affect the profitability of our Internet business.

Government regulation of the Internet and e-commerce is evolving and unfavorable changes could harm our business.

        We are subject to general business regulations and laws, as well as regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet and e-commerce. Such existing and future laws and regulations may impede the growth of the Internet or other online services. These regulations and laws may cover taxation, user privacy, data protection, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection, the provision of online payment services, broadband residential Internet access, and the characteristics and quality of products and services. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes, and personal privacy apply to the Internet and e-commerce. Unfavorable resolutions of these issues would harm our business. This could, in turn, diminish the demand for our products on the Internet and increase our cost of doing business.

We may not be able to adapt quickly enough to changing customer requirements and e-commerce industry standards.

        Technology in the e-commerce industry changes rapidly. We may not be able to adapt quickly enough to changing customer requirements and preferences and e-commerce industry standards. These changes and the emergence of new e-commerce industry standards and practices could render our existing websites obsolete.

Our business is subject to technological risks.

        We rely on several different information technology systems for the operation of our principal business functions, including our enterprise,financial reporting and control, warehouse management, inventory and re-ordering, point of sale and call center systems. In the case of our inventory forecast and re-ordering system, most of our orders are received directly through electronic connections with our largest customers. The failure of any one of these systems could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Risks Related to the Notes

The Noteholder’s right to receive payments on the Notes is effectively subordinated to the rights of our existing andfuture secured creditors.

        The Notes are unsecured and therefore are effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. As a result, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding of our company, our assets will be available to satisfy obligations of our secured debt before any payment may be made on the Notes. To the extent that such assets cannot satisfy in full our secured debt, the holders of such debt would have a claim for any shortfall that would rankpari passu in right of payment with the Notes. Accordingly, we may not have sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts on any or all of the Notes.

15


        As of September 21, 2006, we had $14.4 million of letters of credit, $32.0 million of short-term borrowings and $5.0 million of long-term debt outstanding, all of which was secured indebtedness, which would effectively rank senior in right of payment to the Notes.

        In addition, the Notes are not guaranteed by any of our existing or future subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any amounts due with respect to the Notes or to make any funds available therefor, whether by dividends, loans or other payments. Although substantially all of our borrowings have been incurred by Lifetime Brands, Inc., the Notes rank junior in right of payment to all existing and future debt and other liabilities (including trade payables) of our subsidiaries.

The agreements and instruments governing our Credit Facility contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly impact our ability to operate our business and adversely affect the Noteholders.

        Our amended and restated credit facility with the Bank of New York, HSBC Bank USA, Citibank, N.A. and Wachovia Bank, N.A., initially dated as of July 28, 2004 (which we refer to as the “Credit Facility”) contains covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to:

dispose of assets;

incur additional indebtedness, including guarantees;

prepay other indebtedness or amend other debt instruments;

pay dividends or make investments, loans or advances;

create liens on assets;

enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

engage in mergers, acquisitions or consolidations;

change the business conducted by us; and

engage in transactions with affiliates.

        In addition, we are required to maintain specified interest coverage and leverage ratios. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default under the Credit Facility which would permit the lenders to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. In any such case, we may be unable to pay the amounts due under the Credit Facility. This could have serious consequences to our financial condition and results of operations and could cause us to become bankrupt or insolvent. In addition, a default under the Credit Facility would likely result in an event of default under the Notes and we may be unable to meet our payment obligations under the Notes in such circumstances.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service obligations.

        Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to make scheduled payments on our debt obligations will depend on our future financial performance, which will be affected by a range of economic, competitive and business factors, many of which are outside our control. If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. The terms of our Credit Facility contain limitations on our ability to incur additional indebtedness. As of September 21, 2006, we had $48.6 million of borrowing capacity available under our Credit Facility. We cannot assure Noteholders that any refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds realized from those sales, or that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all, or would be permitted under the terms of our various debt instruments then in effect. In the six months ended June 30, 2006, our earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $1.0 million.

16


The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of a Noteholder’s investment in the Notes to decline.

        The Notes are convertible into shares of our common stock, or cash or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock based on the last reported sale price of our common stock on each trading day in the conversion period, and therefore we expect that the trading price of our common stock will significantly affect the trading price of the Notes. The market price of our common stock historically has experienced and may continue to experience high volatility, and the broader stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations in recent years. This volatility has affected the market prices of securities issued by many companies for reasons unrelated to their operating performance and may adversely affect the price of our common stock. Any of the following factors could affect the market price of our common stock:

general market, political and economic conditions;

our failure to meet financial analysts' performance expectations;

changes in recommendations by financial analysts; and

changes in market valuations of other companies in our industry.

        Many of the risks described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section also could materially and adversely affect our stock price.

        In addition, the trading price of our common stock could be affected by possible sales of our common stock by investors who view the Notes as a more attractive means of equity participation in our company and by hedging or arbitrage trading activity that may develop involving our common stock. The hedging or arbitrage could, in turn, affect the trading price of the Notes.

A Noteholder is not entitled to any rights with respect to our common stock, but is subject to all changes made withrespect to our common stock.

        Noteholders are not entitled to any rights with respect to our common stock (including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to receive any dividends or other distributions on our common stock), but are subject to all changes affecting our common stock. Noteholders will only be entitled to rights on the common stock if and when we deliver shares of common stock to them upon conversion of their Notes and in limited cases under the adjustments to the conversion rate. For example, in the event that an amendment is proposed to our certificate of incorporation or bylaws requiring stockholder approval and the record date for determining the stockholders of record entitled to vote on the amendment occurs prior to delivery of the common stock, Noteholders will not be entitled to vote on the amendment, although they will nevertheless be subject to any changes in the powers, preferences or special rights of our common stock.

We may not have the financial resources to repurchase the Notes for cash upon the occurrence of a fundamental change orto make a cash payment of principal if we have irrevocably elected to satisfy in cash our conversion obligation withrespect to the principal amount of the Notes.

        In the event of a fundamental change, as defined in “Description of Notes—Redemption at Option of the Noteholder Upon a Fundamental Change,” Noteholders may require us to repurchase all or a portion of their Notes for cash at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, including liquidated damages, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase. In addition, at any time on or prior to the 26th trading day preceding the maturity date, we may irrevocably elect to satisfy in cash our conversion obligation with respect to the principal amount of the Notes to be converted after the date of such election, with any remaining amount to be satisfied in shares of our common stock. It is possible that we will not have, nor have access to, sufficient funds to repurchase the Notes at the time of any such fundamental change or to make a cash payment of principal upon the conversion of the Notes following such an irrevocable election. In addition, our ability to repurchase the Notes in cash in such event or to make a cash payment of principal upon their conversion may be limited by law, by the indenture, by the terms of other agreements relating to our outstanding debt (including the Credit Facility, under which a fundamental change would constitute an event of default under certain circumstances) and by debt and agreements that we may enter into, replace, supplement or amend from time to time. Furthermore, certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations that would increase the level of our indebtedness, would not trigger our obligation to repurchase the Notes. See “Description of Notes—Redemption at Option of the Noteholder Upon a Fundamental Change.”

17


Upon conversion of the Notes, Noteholders may receive less proceeds than expected because the value of our common stockmay decline after they exercise their conversion right.

        A converting Noteholder will be exposed to fluctuations in the value of our common stock during the period from the date such Noteholder tenders Notes for conversion until the date we settle our conversion obligation. Under the Notes, if we elect to settle all or any portion of our conversion obligation in cash or if we make a cash payment of principal upon conversion, the conversion value that a Noteholder will receive upon conversion of its Notes will be in part determined by last reported sale prices of our common stock for each trading day in a 20-day trading period. As described under “Description of the Notes—Settlement Upon Conversion,” this period begins after the date on which a Noteholder’s Notes are tendered for conversion. Accordingly, if the price of our common stock decreases during this period, the conversion value Noteholders receive may be adversely affected.

Upon conversion of the Notes, we may pay cash in lieu of issuing shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock. Therefore, Noteholders may receive no shares of our common stock or fewer shares than the number into which their Notes are convertible.

        We have the right to satisfy our conversion obligation to Noteholders by issuing shares of our common stock into which the Notes are convertible, the cash value of the shares of our common stock into which the Notes are convertible, or a combination thereof. In addition, we have the right to irrevocably elect to satisfy our conversion obligation in cash with respect to the principal amount of the Notes to be converted after the date of such election. Accordingly, upon conversion of a Note, a Noteholder may not receive any shares of our common stock, or it might receive fewer shares of our common stock relative to the conversion value of the Note.

The additional shares of common stock payable on Notes converted in connection with certain fundamental changes may notadequately compensate Noteholders for the lost option time value of their Notes as a result of such fundamental changes.

        If certain fundamental changes occur, we will in certain circumstances increase the conversion rate on Notes converted in connection with the fundamental change by a number of additional shares of common stock. The number of additional shares of common stock will be determined based on a Noteholder’s conversion date and the price paid per share of common stock in the fundamental change transaction as described under “Description of Notes—Conversion Rights—Make Whole Amount.” While the increase in the conversion rate upon conversion is designed to compensate the Noteholder for the lost option time value of its Notes as a result of the fundamental change, the increase is only an approximation of this lost value and may not adequately compensate the Noteholder for the loss. If the market price of our common stock on the relevant conversion date is less than $22.32 or greater than $65.00, the conversion rate will not be increased. In addition, if a Noteholder converts its Notes prior to the effective date of any such fundamental change, and the fundamental change does not occur, such Noteholder will not be entitled to an increased conversion rate in connection with such conversion.

The conversion rate of the Notes may not be adjusted for all dilutive events.

        The conversion rate of the Notes is subject to adjustment for certain events, including but not limited to the issuance of dividends or distributions payable in our shares of common stock on our common stock, the issuance of certain rights to purchase our common stock at less than their current market price, and certain repurchases of our common stock described under “Description of Notes—Conversion Rights.” The conversion rate will not be adjusted for other events that could adversely affect the trading price of the Notes or our shares of common stock into which the Notes may be converted. We cannot assure Noteholders that an event that adversely affects the value of the Notes or our common stock, but does not result in an adjustment to the conversion rate, will not occur.

A change in control of Lifetime Brands, Inc. may not constitute a “fundamental change” for purposes of the Notes.

        The indenture contains no covenants or other provisions to afford protection to Noteholders in the event of a change in control of Lifetime Brands, Inc. except to the extent described under “Description of the Notes—Conversion Rights—Make Whole Amount” and “Description of the Notes—Fundamental Change Requires Us to Repurchase Notes at the Option of the Noteholder” upon the occurrence of a fundamental change. However, the term “fundamental change” is limited and may not include every change in control event that might cause the market price of the Notes to decline. As a result, a Noteholder’s rights under the Notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change may not preserve the value of the Notes in the event of a change in control of Lifetime Brands, Inc. In addition, any change in control of Lifetime Brands, Inc. may negatively affect the liquidity, value or volatility of our common stock, negatively impacting the value of the Notes.

18


The Notes are not protected by restrictive covenants.

        The indenture governing the Notes does not contain any financial or operating covenants or restrictions on the payments of dividends, the incurrence of indebtedness or the issuance or repurchase of securities by us or any of our subsidiaries. In light of the absence of any of the foregoing restrictions, we may conduct our businesses in a manner that may cause the market price of our Notes and common stock to decline or otherwise restrict or impair our ability to pay amounts due on the Notes.

There currently exists no market for the Notes. We cannot assure Noteholders that an active trading market will develop for the Notes.

        Until the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part became effective, the Notes had not been registered under the Securities Act and were subject to restrictions on transferability and resale. There presently is no established market for the Notes. Although the sole book-running manager for the private placement of the Notes is currently making a market in the Notes, it is not obligated to do so and any such market making may be discontinued at any time without notice. In addition, any market-making activity that currently exists is subject to the limits imposed by the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (which we refer to as the “Exchange Act”) and may be limited during the pendency of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Accordingly, we cannot give Noteholders any assurance as to the development or liquidity of any market for the Notes. The Notes are eligible for trading by qualified institutional buyers in The PORTAL market. We do not intend to apply for listing of the Notes on any securities exchange or for quotation of the Notes through any national securities association.

        To the extent any of the Notes are currently being traded, they may trade at a discount and Noteholders may be unable to resell their Notes or may be able to sell them only at a substantial discount. The liquidity of, and trading market for, the Notes also may be adversely affected by general declines in the market or by declines in the market for similar securities.

The Notes may not be rated or may receive a lower rating than anticipated.

        The Notes are not currently rated and we do not intend to seek a rating on the Notes. However, if one or more rating agencies rates the Notes and assigns the Notes a rating lower than the rating expected by investors, or reduces their rating in the future, the market price of the Notes and our common stock could be harmed.

The transfer of the Notes and common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes may be restricted.

        If the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part does not remain effective, the liquidity and price of the Notes and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes could be adversely affected.

Risks Related to our Common Stock

Certain provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could deter,coulddeter, delay or prevent a change in control of our company that our stockholders consider favorable and could depress the marketthemarket value of our common stock.

        Our certificate of incorporation grants our Board of Directors authority to issue shares of Series A and Series B preferred stock. The preferred stock, if issued, would have liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our common stock. Potential issuances of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of our company, discourage bids for the common stock, and adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.


        We are a Delaware corporation subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law. Generally, this statute prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which such person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A business combination includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder. We anticipate that the provisions of Section 203 may encourage parties interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if a majority of our directors then in office approve either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder.

19


Our operating and financial performance in any given period might not meet the guidance that we have provided to the public.

        We provide public guidance on our expected annual financial results for future periods. Although we believe that this guidance fosters confidence among investors and analysts and is useful to our stockholders and potential stockholders, such guidance is based on estimates and not on firm purchase orders and is comprised of forward-looking statements subject to the risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus and in our other public filings and public statements. We cannot ensure that our guidance will be accurate. If in the future our operating or financial results for a particular period do not meet our guidance or the expectations of investment analysts, the market price of our common stock could decline.

Future sales of our common stock could depress our market price and diminish the value of your investment.

        Future sales of shares of our common stock could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. If our principal stockholders sell a large number of shares, or if we issue a large number of shares, the market price of our common stock could significantly decline. Moreover, the perception in the public market that our principal stockholders might sell shares of common stock could depress the market for our common stock.

        In June 2000,Under our stockholders approved the Long-Term Incentive Plan, which replaced all our stock option plans, whereby up to 1,750,0002,500,000 shares of common stock may be granted in the form of stock options or other equity-based awards to directors, officers, employees, consultants, and service providers to us and our affiliates. As of September 30, 2005,21, 2006, options to purchase 553,3071,416,900 shares were outstanding under the plan and 965,550673,575 shares were available for additional grants under the plan. To the extent that any of such options which have been granted are or become exercisable, and the holders exercise such options and sell the underlying shares of our common stock, the market price of our common stock could significantly decline, and since many of such option shares would have been acquired and sold by key members of our senior management team, the perception in the public market could be adverse to the market value of our common stock.

        In April 2006, as part of the purchase price for the acquisition of assets from Syratech, we issued to Syratech an aggregate of 439,676 Consideration Shares. 193,458 Consideration Shares were issued directly to Syratech and 246,218 Consideration Shares are being held in escrow by the escrow agent appointed pursuant to the asset purchase agreement as a holdback to cover working capital adjustments and indemnity claims. Pursuant to the terms of the asset purchase agreement, we agreed to file a registration statement for the registration of the Consideration Shares for public sale by Syratech. Filing the registration statement for the Consideration Shares could be adverse to the market value of our common stock.

        In June 2006, we completed the private placement of $75 million principal amount of 4.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2011 pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. Noteholders may convert their Notes into shares of our common stock at an initial conversion rate of 35.7143 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes (or an aggregate of 2,678,571 shares) at any time prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the maturity date. We have agreed to file the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the Securities and Exchange Commission, at our expense, covering resales of the Notes and of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes. While the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is effective, the Noteholders may convert their Notes into shares of our common stock and subsequently publicly sell their shares, which could be adverse to the market value of our common stock.

Although, in connection with the Notes offering, we, our directors, our executive officers and the selling stockholders havedirectors and certain other officers entered into lock-up agreements with Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. (which we refer to as representative of the underwriters,“Citigroup”), whereby we and theysuch individuals will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock, except for the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering andwith certain other exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, and in limited cases, 90 days from the date of this prospectus,until September 19, 2006, without the prior written consent of Citigroup, we or any of these persons may be released from this obligation, in whole or in part, by Citigroup in its sole discretion at any time with or without notice.



        Consummating additional acquisitions could require us to raise additional funds through additional equity or debt financing. Additional equity financing could depress the market price of our common stock and additional debt financing could require us to accept covenants that limit our ability to continue to pay dividends.

Our common stock could be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

        Our common stock price could be subject to volatility. Fluctuations in the price of our common stock could be rapid and severe and could leave investors little time to react. Factors that could affect the market price of our common stock include:

    the limited amount of our common stock held by our non-affiliates;

    quarterly variations in our operating results;

    general conditions in our industry or in the securities market;

    changes in the market's expectations about our earnings;

    changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts concerning our company or the consumer products industry in general;

    operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;

    news reports relating to trends in our markets;

    changes in laws and regulations affecting our business;

    sales of substantial amounts of common stock by our directors, executive officers or principal stockholders or the perception that such sales could occur; and

    general economic and political conditions such as recessions and acts of war or terrorism.

        Volatility in the price of our common stock could be exacerbated by the relatively small number of shares of our common stock that are publicly traded. Fluctuations in the price of our common stock could contribute to investors losing all or part of their investment.20




DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains "forward-looking statements"“forward-looking statements” as defined by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements include information concerning our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events, future revenues, performance, capital expenditures, financing needs and other information that is not historical information. Many of these statements appear, in particular, under the headings "Summary," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business." When used in this prospectus, the words "estimates," "expects," "anticipates," "projects," "plans," "intends," "believes"“estimates,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “intends,” “believes” and variations of such words or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, our examination of historical operating trends, are based upon our current expectations and various assumptions. We believe there is a reasonable basis for our expectations and assumptions, but there can be no assurancewe cannot assure Noteholders that we will realize our expectations or that our assumptions will prove correct.

        There are a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed as forward-looking statements are set forth in this prospectus, including under the heading "Risk“Risk Factors." As described in this prospectus, such risks, uncertainties and other important factors include, among others:

    our relationship with key customers;


    our relationship with key licensors;


    our dependence on foreign sources of supply and foreign manufacturing;


    the level of competition in our industry;


    changes in demand for our products and the success of new products;


    changes in general economic and business conditions which could affect customer payment practices or consumer spending;


    industry trends;


    increases in costs relating to manufacturing and transportation of products;


    the seasonal nature of our business;


    departure of key personnel;


    the timing of orders received from customers;


    fluctuations in costs of raw materials;


    encroachments on our intellectual property;


    product liability claims or product recalls;


    the increased size of our direct-to-consumer retail business; and


    future acquisitions and integration of acquired businesses.

        There may be other factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf apply only as of the date of this prospectus and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this prospectus.prospectus and in our other filings with the SEC. Except as may be required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise forward-looking statements which may be made to reflect events or circumstances after the date made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

21




USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate thatThe Selling Securityholders will receive all of the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes or the common stock, as the case may be, offered by this offering with respect to the shares to be sold by us will be $         million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses and assuming a public offering price of $        per share.prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

        We intend to useNotes or the net proceeds of this offering to repay $        of indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facility. We utilize borrowings under the Credit Facility for various purposes, including working capital, to fund acquisitions (including in 2005, $52.1 million for the acquisition of the Pfaltzgraff and Salton businesses and assets), for capital expenditures and to pay dividends on our common stock.

        Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at our option at either LIBOR (rates varying from 2.0% to 4.4% at September 30, 2005), plus, an applicable margin of 2.0%, or a lender's cost of funds rate (5.5% at September 30, 2005). The Credit Facility matures in July 2010.



PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY

        Our shares of common stock by the Selling Securityholders, but have been tradedagreed to bear certain expenses associated with registering such securities under federal and state securities laws. We are registering the securities for sale to provide the Selling Securityholders with freely tradeable securities, but the registration of such securities does not necessarily mean that any of such securities will be offered or sold by the Selling Securityholders.

22


SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

        We originally issued the Notes in a private placement in June 2006. The Notes were resold by the initial purchasers to persons they reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the symbol "LCUT" onSecurities Act in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act. The Nasdaq National Market since our initial public offeringNotes and the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes that may be offered pursuant to this prospectus will be offered by the Selling Securityholders, which includes their transferees, distributees, pledgees or donees or their successors. The following table sets forth certain information we have received as of                , 2006, concerning the principal amount of Notes beneficially owned by each Selling Securityholder and the number of conversion shares that may be offered from time to time pursuant to this prospectus.

        The number of conversion shares shown in June 1991. Thethe table below setsassumes conversion of the full amount of Notes held by each Selling Securityholder at the initial conversion rate of 35.7143 shares per $1,000 principal amount at maturity of Notes. This conversion rate is subject to certain adjustments. Accordingly, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes may increase or decrease from time to time. Under the terms of the indenture governing the Notes, fractional shares will not be issued upon conversion of the Notes. Cash will be paid instead of fractional shares, if any.

NamePrincipal
Amount of
Notes
Beneficially
Owned and
Offered
Percentage of
Notes
Outstanding
Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially
Owned Before
Offering(1)
Conversion Shares
of Common Stock
Offered
Common Stock Owned Upon
Completion of the Offering
Number
of Shares(2)
Percentage


Totals_____(2)______(2)

(1)     Figures in this column do not include the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes listed in the column to the right.

(2)     Assumes the sale of all the Notes and all of the shares of common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus.

(3)     Amounts in these columns may exceed the aggregate amount of Notes and shares of common stock offered by this prospectus as a result of the Selling Securityholders identified above having sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of some or all of their Notes since the date on which the information in the preceding table is presented in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act without informing us of such sale(s). In no event will the aggregate principal amount of Notes offered by this prospectus exceed $75,000,000, nor will the number of shares offered hereby exceed 2,678,571. If, pursuant to the indenture governing the Notes, the number of shares into which the Notes may be converted increases, we will file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part in order to register such additional shares.

        The preceding table has been prepared based upon the information furnished to us as of                 , 2006 by the Selling Securityholders named above. The Selling Securityholders identified above may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of some or all of their Notes since the date on which the information in the preceding table is presented in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Information concerning the Selling Securityholders may change from time to time and, if necessary, we will supplement this prospectus accordingly. We cannot give an estimate as to the amount of the Notes or number of conversion shares that will be held by the Selling Securityholders upon the termination of this offering because the Selling Securityholders may offer some or all of their Notes or conversion shares pursuant to the offering contemplated by this prospectus. See “Plan of Distribution.”

        None of the Selling Securityholders has had any position, office or other material relationship with us or our affiliates within the past three years.

23


DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

        The Notes were issued under an indenture dated as of June 27, 2006 between us and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as trustee. The Notes and the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes are covered by a registration rights agreement between us and the initial purchaser. Noteholders may request copies of the indenture, the Notes and the registration rights agreement from the trustee. We have summarized the material portions of the indenture and the registration rights agreement below. This summary is not complete and is subject to, and qualified by reference to, all of the provisions of the indenture, the Notes and the registration rights agreement. We urge all Noteholders to read the indenture and the registration rights agreement because these documents define their rights as a Noteholder. In this section, “we,” “our” and “us” each refers only to Lifetime Brands,Inc. and not to any existing or future subsidiary.

General

        The Notes are our general unsecured and unsubordinated (except with respect to our debt to the extent secured by our assets) obligations and are convertible into our common stock as described under “—Conversion Rights” below. The Notes are limited initially to an aggregate principal amount of $75,000,000 and will mature on July 15, 2011, unless earlier converted or repurchased.

        The Notes bear interest at the rate of 4.75% per year on the principal amount from the date of original issuance of the Notes, or from the most recent date to which interest had been paid or provided for. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing January 15, 2007, to Noteholders of record at the close of business on the preceding January 1 and July 1, respectively. Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. In the event of the maturity, conversion or repurchase by us at the option of the Noteholder, interest ceases to accrue on the Note under the terms of and subject to the conditions of the indenture.

        Principal is payable, and Notes may be presented for conversion, registration of transfer and exchange, without service charge, at our office or agency in New York, New York, which is initially the office or agency of the trustee in New York, New York. See “—Form, Denomination and Registration.” If a Noteholder converts Notes, we will pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on the issue of shares of our common stock upon the conversion (except for any taxes with respect to cash paid in lieu of fractional shares) unless the tax is due because the Noteholder requests the shares to be issued or delivered to a person other than the Noteholder, in which case the Noteholder will pay that tax.

        The indenture does not contain any financial covenants or any restrictions on the payment of dividends, the making of investments, the incurrence of indebtedness, the granting of liens or mortgages, or the issuance or repurchase of securities by us. The indenture does not contain any covenants or other provisions to protect Noteholders in the event of a highly leveraged transaction or a fundamental change, except to the extent described under “—Conversion Rights—Make Whole Amount” and “—Fundamental Change Requires Us to Repurchase Notes at the Option of the Noteholder” below. The Notes are not and will not be obligations of, or guaranteed by, any of our existing or future subsidiaries.

        We may, without the consent of the Noteholders, reopen the indenture and issue additional Notes under the indenture with the same terms and with the same CUSIP number as the Notes offered hereby in an unlimited aggregate principal amount, provided that no such additional Notes may be issued unless fungible with the Notes offered hereby for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We may also from time to time repurchase the Notes in open market purchases or negotiated transactions without prior notice to Noteholders.

        The Notes are not subject to a sinking fund provision and are not subject to defeasance or covenant defeasance under the indenture.

Ranking

        The Notes are our general unsecured obligations and rank senior in right of payment to all of our existing and future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes. The Notes rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future liabilities that are not so subordinated. The Notes effectively rank junior to any of our secured indebtedness, to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness, and are structurally subordinated to all liabilities of our subsidiaries. In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of our company, our assets that secure secured indebtedness will be available to pay obligations on the Notes only after all such secured indebtedness has been repaid in full from such assets. We advise Noteholders that there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all of the Notes then outstanding. As of September 21, 2006, we had $14.4 million of letters of credit, $32.0 million of

24


short-term borrowings and $5.0 million of long-term debt that would be pari passu with the Notes, all of which was secured indebtedness outstanding under our Credit Facility.

Conversion Rights

General

        Unless the Notes are previously repurchased, Noteholders may convert their Notes into shares of our common stock at an initial conversion rate of 35.7143 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes at any time prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the maturity date. The conversion rate is equivalent to an initial conversion price of $28.00 per share. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, at the time a Noteholder tenders Notes for conversion, there exists a registration default with respect to the common stock, as defined below under ” —Registration Rights of Noteholders,” we will increase the conversion rate by 3% in lieu of paying any liquidated damages on the shares issuable upon conversion. In addition, as described below under “—Settlement Upon Conversion,” we may choose to deliver either shares of our common stock, cash or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock upon conversion of the Notes.

        The conversion rate (including any adjustments as described below under “—Make Whole Amount” and “—Registration Rights”) and the equivalent conversion price in effect at any given time are referred to as the “applicable conversion rate” and the “applicable conversion price,” respectively, and will be subject to adjustment as set forth in ” —Conversion Rate Adjustments” below. A Noteholder may convert fewer than all of such Noteholder ‘s Notes so long as the Notes converted are a multiple of $1,000 principal amount.

        Upon conversion of a Note, a Noteholder will not receive any cash payment of interest (unless such conversion occurs between a regular record date and the interest payment date to which it relates) and we will not adjust the conversion rate to account for accrued and unpaid interest. We are not required to issue fractional shares of common stock upon conversion of Notes and, in lieu of fractional shares, we will make a cash payment based upon the last reported highsale price of the common stock on the last trading day prior to the date of conversion. Our delivery to the Noteholder of the full number of shares of our common stock into which the Note is convertible and lowcash in lieu of any fractional shares will satisfy our obligation with respect to such Note. Accordingly, any accrued but unpaid interest will be deemed to be paid in full upon conversion, rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited.

        Noteholders at the close of business on a regular record date will receive payment of interest payable on the corresponding interest payment date notwithstanding the conversion of such Notes at any time after the close of business on the applicable regular record date. Notes surrendered for conversion by a Noteholder after the close of business on any regular record date but prior to the next interest payment date must be accompanied by payment of an amount equal to the interest that the Noteholder is to receive on the Notes; provided, however, that no such payment need be made (1) if we have specified a repurchase date following a fundamental change that is after a record date and on or prior to the next interest payment date, (2) only to the extent of overdue interest, if any overdue interest exists at the time of conversion with respect to such Note or (3) the Notes are surrendered for conversion on or after July 1, 2011. No other payments or adjustments for interest, or any dividends with respect to our common stock, will be made upon conversion.

        Holders of our common stock issued upon conversion will not be entitled to receive any dividends payable to holders of our common stock as of any record time or date before we deliver shares of common stock to Noteholders upon conversion of their Notes.

        If a Noteholder wishes to exercise its conversion right, such Noteholder must deliver an irrevocable duly completed conversion notice, together, if the Notes are in certificated form, with the certificated security, to the conversion agent along with appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, if required, and pay any interest and transfer or similar tax, in each case, if required. We refer to the date a Noteholder satisfies these requirements as the “conversion date.” The conversion agent will, on the Noteholder’s behalf, convert the Notes into shares of our common stock. Noteholders may obtain copies of the required form of the conversion notice from the conversion agent.

        If a Noteholder has already delivered a repurchase notice as described under “—Fundamental Change Requires Us to Repurchase Notes at the Option of the Noteholder” with respect to a Note, however, the Noteholder may not surrender that Note for conversion until the Noteholder has withdrawn the repurchase notice in accordance with the indenture.

        A certificate, or a book-entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or DTC, for the number of full shares of our common stock into which any Notes are converted, together with a cash payment for any fractional

25


shares, will be delivered through the conversion agent as soon as practicable, but no later than the third business day, following the conversion date. The trustee will initially act as the conversion agent.

Settlement Upon Conversion

        Except to the extent we have irrevocably elected to make a cash payment of principal upon conversion as described below, we may elect to deliver either shares of our common stock, cash or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock in satisfaction of our obligations upon conversion of Notes.

        Except to the extent we have irrevocably elected to make a cash payment of principal upon conversion, we will inform the Noteholders through the trustee of the method we choose to satisfy our obligation upon conversion:

 in respect of Notes to be converted during the period beginning 25 trading days preceding the maturity date and ending one trading day preceding the maturity date, 26 trading days preceding the maturity date; and

 in all other cases, no later than two trading days following the conversion date.

If we choose to satisfy any portion of our conversion obligation by delivering cash, the portion to be satisfied by the delivery of cash will be a fixed dollar amount that we specify. We will treat all Noteholders converting on the same trading day in the same manner. We will not, however, have any obligation to satisfy our conversion obligations arising on different trading days in the same manner. That is, we may choose on one trading day to satisfy our conversion obligation by delivering shares of our common stock only and choose on another trading day to satisfy our conversion obligation by delivering cash or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock. We may also choose to satisfy our conversion obligation for different combinations of cash and shares of our common stock on different trading days.

        Noteholders may exercise conversion rights at any time prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the final maturity date of the Notes. If we elect to satisfy any portion of our conversion obligation in cash (other than cash in lieu of fractional shares, if applicable), Noteholders may retract their conversion notice at any time during the two trading-day period beginning on the trading day after we have notified the trustee and the Noteholders of our method of settlement. We refer to this period as the “conversion retraction period,” and we refer to the last trading day in the conversion retraction period as the “retraction date.” However, a Noteholder cannot retract its conversion notice if:

 we irrevocably elected to make a cash payment of principal upon conversion before such Noteholder delivered its conversion notice;

 a Noteholder is converting its Notes during the period beginning 25 trading days preceding the maturity date and ending one trading day preceding the maturity date; or

 we do not elect to satisfy any portion of our conversion obligation in cash.

        Settlement in shares of our common stock only will occur as soon as reasonably practicable after the third trading day following the conversion date. Settlement in cash or cash and shares of our common stock will occur on the third trading day following the final trading day of the conversion period (as defined below).

        The settlement amount will be computed as follows:

(1) If we elect to satisfy the entire conversion obligation in common stock, we will deliver to the Noteholder for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes converted a number of shares of our common stock equal to the conversion rate then in effect (plus cash in lieu of fractional shares, if applicable).

(2) If we elect to satisfy the entire conversion obligation in cash, we will deliver to the Noteholder for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes converted cash in an amount equal to the conversion value.

(3) If we elect to satisfy the conversion obligation in a combination of cash and common stock, we will deliver to the Noteholder:

26


 an amount in cash equal to the dollar amount per share of the Note to be converted specified in the notice regarding our chosen method of settlement (which we refer to as the “specified dollar amount”); and

 a number of whole shares for each Note to be converted equal to the sum of the daily share amounts for each of the trading days in the conversion period (provided that we will deliver cash in lieu of fractional shares).

        The “conversion period” means, in respect of a conversion date, the 20 consecutive trading day period beginning on the trading day following the retraction date.

        The “conversion value” per Note will be an amount equal to the sum of the daily conversion value amounts, as defined below, for each of the trading days in the conversion period.

        The “daily conversion value amount” means, for each trading day of the conversion period and for each Note, the amount equal to the last reported sale price of our common stock on such trading day multiplied by the conversion rate in effect on such trading day divided by 20.

        The “daily share amount” means, for each trading day of the conversion period and for each Note, a number of shares (but in no event less than zero) determined by the following formula:

(last reported sale price on such trading dayxapplicable conversion rate) - specified dollar amount
last reported sale price on such trading day x 20

        The “last reported sale price” of our common stock on any date means the closing sale price per share (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the bid and asked prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average asked prices) on that date as reported by the NASDAQ Global Market or, if our common stock is not listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, as reported in composite transactions for the principal U.S. securities exchange on which our common stock is traded. If our common stock is not reported by the NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise listed for trading on a United States national or regional securities exchange on the relevant date, the “last reported sale price” will be the last quoted bid price for our common stock in the over-the-counter market on the relevant date as reported by the Pink Sheets LLC or similar organization. If our common stock is not so quoted, the “last reported sale price” will be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and asked prices of our common stock on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms selected by us for this purpose, or, if such prices are not available, the market value of our common stock on the relevant date as reporteddetermined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm selected by us for this purpose.

        If an event requiring an anti-dilution adjustment occurs subsequent to any trading day and prior to delivery of the Nasdaq National Marketdaily share amount for such share upon settlement, such daily share amount will be appropriately adjusted.

Our Right to Irrevocably Elect Cash Payment of Principal Upon Conversion

        At any time on or prior to the 26th trading day preceding the maturity date, we may irrevocably elect to satisfy in cash our conversion obligation with respect to the principal amount of the Notes to be converted after the date of such election, with any remaining amount to be satisfied in shares of our common stock. This election would be in our sole discretion without the consent of the Noteholders. If we make this election, we will notify the trustee and the Noteholders at their addresses shown in the register of the registrar.

        The settlement amount will be computed as described under clause (3) above, using the lesser of (i) $1,000 or (ii) the conversion value as the fixed dollar amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes of the conversion obligation to be satisfied in cash.

Make Whole Amount

        If:

 the effective date or anticipated effective date of a transaction described in clause (2) of the definition of change of control (as set forth under “—Fundamental Change Requires Us to Repurchase Notes at the Option of the Noteholder”) occurs on or prior to the maturity date of the Notes, and a Noteholder elects to convert its Notes

27


during the period commencing 30 days prior to the anticipated effective date of such transaction and ending 30 days following the actual effective date of such transaction (but in any event prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the maturity date); or

 the effective date of a termination of trading (as defined under “—Fundamental Change Requires Us to Repurchase Notes at the Option of the Noteholder”) occurs on or prior to the maturity date of the Notes, and a Noteholder elects to convert its Notes during the period indicated.

 
 High
 Low
Year Ended December 31, 2003      
First Quarter $6.55 $4.77
Second Quarter  7.75  6.43
Third Quarter  10.49  7.60
Fourth Quarter  17.05  10.00
Year Ending December 31, 2004      
First Quarter $17.65 $13.41
Second Quarter  22.79  17.78
Third Quarter  22.98  14.85
Fourth Quarter  15.90  11.74
Year Ending December 31, 2005      
First Quarter $17.34 $14.75
Second Quarter  19.74  14.55
Third Quarter  27.00  19.98
Fourth Quarter (through November 4, 2005)  26.50  21.98
commencing on such effective date and ending 30 days following the actual effective date (but in any event prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the maturity date);

        On November 4, 2005,then, in each case, we will increase the applicable conversion rate for the Notes surrendered for conversion by a number of additional shares of common stock (which we refer to as the “additional shares”), as described below. We will notify Noteholders of any such make-whole event and the anticipated effective date and issue a press release no later than 35days prior to such transaction’s anticipated effective date, unless such make-whole event is a termination of trading, in which case we will notify Noteholders and issue a press release no later than five days following the effective date of such make-whole event.

        The number of additional shares will be determined by reference to the table below and is based on the conversion date and the sale price of our common stock, or the reference property, as applicable, on the conversion date (which we refer to as the “stock price”). The stock prices set forth in the first row of the table (i.e., the column headers), will be adjusted as of any date on which the conversion rate of the Notes is adjusted. The adjusted stock prices will equal the stock prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the conversion rate immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which is the conversion rate as so adjusted. The number of additional shares to be added to the conversion rate will be subject to adjustment in the same manner as the conversion rate as set forth under “—Conversion Rate Adjustments.”

        The following table sets forth the number of additional shares per $1,000 principal amount of Notes:

Conversion Date
Stock Price
 $22.32
$25.00
$28.00
$31.00
$35.00
$40.00
$45.00
$50.00
$55.00
$65.00
September 25, 2006  9.0886  6.7450  4.9240  3.6632  2.5381  1.6728  1.1540  0.8289  0.6193  0.3890  
July 15, 2007  9.0658  6.5648  4.6547  3.3568  2.2247  1.3842  0.9030  0.6180  0.4421  0.2609  
July 15, 2008  9.0180  6.3098  4.2752  2.9315  1.8093  1.0284  0.6146  0.3890  0.2606  0.1483  
July 15, 2009  8.8875  5.9265  3.7566  2.4019  1.3109  0.6187  0.3124  0.1749  0.1104  0.0590  
July 15, 2010  8.7075  5.2938  2.8917  1.5040  0.5837  0.1742  0.0508  0.0179  0.0102  0.0076  
July 14, 2011  9.0886  4.2857  0.0000  0.0000  0.0000  0.0000  0.0000  0.0000  0.0000  0.0000  

        The exact stock price and conversion date may not be set forth on the table, in which case:

 if the stock price is between two stock prices in the table or the conversion date is between two conversion dates in the table, the number of additional shares will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of additional shares set forth for the higher and lower stock prices and the two conversion dates, as applicable, based on a 365-day year;

 if the stock price is in excess of $65.00per share, subject to adjustment, we will not increase the conversion rate by any additional shares; and

 if the stock price is less than $22.32per share, subject to adjustment, we will not increase the conversion rate by any additional shares.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the total number of shares issuable upon conversion of a Note exceed 44.8028 per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustment in the same manner as the conversion rate as set forth under “—Conversion Rate Adjustments.”

Settlement of Conversions in a Fundamental Change

        As described below under “—Conversion Rate Adjustments,” upon effectiveness of any fundamental change, the Notes will be convertible into the kind and amount of shares or stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash or any

28


combination thereof) that a Noteholder of a number of shares of common stock equal to the applicable conversion rate prior to such transaction would have owned or been entitled to receive (which we refer to as the “reference property”) (to the extent that we elect to settle any conversion hereunder by delivering solely shares of our common stock), cash or a combination of cash and reference property, as applicable (if we elect to deliver cash to converting Noteholders in respect of some or all of our conversion obligation or if we have irrevocably elected to make a cash payment of principal upon conversion).

        If, as described above under “—Make Whole Amount,” we are required to increase the conversion rate by the additional shares as a result of the fundamental change, and we do not elect to deliver cash to settle any portion of our conversion obligation, and we have not irrevocably elected to make a cash payment of principal upon conversion, Notes surrendered for conversion will be settled as follows:

If the date on which Notes are surrendered for conversion is prior to the third trading day preceding the effective date of the fundamental change (which we refer to as the “cut-off date”), we will settle such conversion by delivering the number of shares of our common stock (based on the conversion rate without regard to the number of additional shares to be added to the conversion rate as described above) on the third trading day immediately following the cut-off date. In addition, as soon as practicable following the effective date of the fundamental change (but in any event within three trading days of such effective date), we will deliver the number of additional shares to be added to the conversion rate as described above, if any, or the equivalent of such shares in reference property, as applicable.

 If the date on which Notes are surrendered for conversion is on or following the cut-off date, we will settle such conversion (based on the conversion rate as increased by the additional shares described above) on the third trading day immediately following the conversion date by delivering the number of shares of our common stock (based on the conversion rate without regard to the number of additional shares to be added to the conversion rate as described above) plus the number of additional shares to be added to the conversion rate as described above, if any, or the equivalent of such shares in reference property, as applicable.

        If we are required to increase the conversion rate by the additional shares as a result of the fundamental change, and we elect to deliver cash in respect of all or a portion or our conversion obligation or we have irrevocably elected to make a cash payment of principal upon conversion, Notes surrendered for conversion will be settled as follows:

 If the last day of the applicable conversion period related to Notes surrendered for conversion is prior to the cut-off date, we will settle such conversion as described under “—Settlement Upon Conversion” above by delivering the amount of cash and the number of shares of our common stock, if any (based on the conversion rate without regard to the number of additional shares to be added to the conversion rate as described above), on the third trading day immediately following the last day of the applicable conversion period. In addition, as soon as practicable following the effective date of the fundamental change (but in any event within three trading days of such effective date), we will deliver the increase in such amount of cash and the number of additional shares (or the equivalent in reference property, if applicable), if any, as if the conversion rate had been increased by such number of additional shares during the related conversion period (and based upon the related conversion value). If such increased amount results in an increase to the amount of cash to be paid to Noteholders, we will pay such increase in cash, and if such increased settlement amount results in an increase to the number of shares of our common stock to be paid to Noteholders, we will deliver such increase by delivering shares of our common stock (or, if applicable, reference property based on such increased number of shares).

 If the last day of the applicable conversion period related to Notes surrendered for conversion is on or following the cut-off date, we will settle such conversion as described under “—Settlement Upon Conversion” above (based on the conversion rate as increased by the additional shares described above) on the later to occur of (i) the effective date of the transaction and (ii) the third trading day immediately following the last day of the applicable conversion period.

Conversion Rate Adjustments

        The initial conversion rate will be adjusted for certain events, as described below, except that we will not make any adjustments to the conversion rate if Noteholders participate, as a result of holding the Notes, in any of the transactions described below without having to convert their Notes:

29


(1)     the issuance of our common stock as a dividend or distribution on our common stock, or if we effect a stock split or stock combination, in which event the conversion rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:

    OS1
CR1 = CR0  x  
    OS0

        where,

CR0=the conversion rate in effect at the close of business on the ex-dividend date
CR1=the conversion rate in effect immediately after the ex-dividend date
OS0=the number of shares of our common stock outstanding at the close of business on the ex-dividend date
OS1=the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after such event

(2)     the issuance to all holders of our common stock of certain rights or warrants to purchase our common stock for a period expiring 45 calendar days or less from the date of issuance of such rights or warrants at less than the current market price of our common stock on the business day immediately preceding the announcement of such issuance, in which event the conversion rate will be adjusted based on the following formula (provided that the conversion rate will be readjusted to the extent that such rights or warrants are not exercised prior to the expiration):

    OS0  +  X
CR1 = CR0  x  
    OS0  +  Y

        where,

CR0=the conversion rate in effect at the close of business on the ex-dividend date
CR1=the conversion rate in effect immediately after the ex-dividend date
OS0=the number of shares of our common stock outstanding at the close of business on the ex-dividend date
X=the total number of shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to such rights
Y=the number of shares of our common stock equal to the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights divided by the average of the last reported sale prices of our common stock for the ten consecutive trading days prior to the business day immediately preceding the announcement of the issuance of such rights

(3)     the dividend or other distribution to all holders of our common stock of shares of our capital stock (other than common stock) or evidences of our indebtedness or our assets to all holders of our common stock (excluding (A)any dividend, distribution or issuance covered by clause (1) or (2) above and (B) any dividend or distribution paid exclusively in cash), in which event the conversion rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:

        SP0
CR1 = CR0  x  
  SP0  -  FMV

where,

CR0=the conversion rate in effect at the close of business on the ex-dividend date
CR1=the conversion rate in effect immediately after the ex-dividend date
SP0=the current market price
FMV=the fair market value (as determined by our board of directors) of the shares of capital stock, evidences of indebtedness, assets or property distributed with respect to each outstanding share of our common stock on the ex-dividend date for such distribution

        With respect to an adjustment pursuant to this clause (3), where there has been a payment of a dividend or other distribution on our common stock of shares of capital stock of, or similar equity interests in, a subsidiary or other business unit of ours, the conversion rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:

  FMV0  +  MP0
CR1 = CR0  x  
           MP0

30


        where,

CR0=the conversion rate in effect at the close of business on the ex-dividend date
CR1=the conversion rate in effect immediately after the ex-dividend date
FMV0=the average of the sale prices of the capital stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of our common stock applicable to one share of our common stock over the 10 trading days commencing on and including the fifth trading day after the ex-dividend date

MP0

=

the average of the last reported sale prices of our common stock over the 10 trading days commencing on and including the fifth trading day after the ex-dividend date

(4)     dividends or other distributions consisting exclusively of cash to all holders of our common stock (excluding quarterly cash dividends on our common stock to the extent the aggregate cash dividend per share of common stock in any fiscal quarter does not exceed $0.0625 (which we refer to as the “dividend threshold amount”)), in which event the conversion rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:

        SP0
CR1 = CR0  x  
   SP0  -  C

        where,

CR0=the conversion rate in effect at the close of business on the ex-dividend date
CR1=the conversion rate in effect immediately after the ex-dividend date
SP0=the current market price
    C=the amount in cash per share we distribute to holders of our common stock that is in excess of the dividend threshold amount (and for which no adjustment has been made)

        For purposes of this clause (4), the dividend threshold amount is subject to adjustment in a manner inversely proportionate to adjustments made to the conversion rate (other than for adjustments due to cash dividends).

(5)     we or one or more of our subsidiaries make purchases of our common stock pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer by us or one of our subsidiaries for our common stock to the extent that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of our common stock exceeds the current market price per share of our common stock on the trading day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (which we refer to as the “expiration date”), in which event the conversion rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:

   FMV  +  (SP1  x  OS1)
CR1 = CR0  x  
          OS0  x  SP1

        where,

CR0=the conversion rate in effect on the expiration date
CR1=the conversion rate in effect immediately after the expiration date
FMV=the fair market value (as determined by our board of directors) of the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration paid or payable for shares validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of the expiration date (which we refer to as the "purchased shares")

OS1

=

the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the expiration date less any purchased shares

OS0

=

the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the expiration date, including any purchased shares

SP1

=

the last reported sale price of our common stock on the trading day next succeeding the expiration date

(6)     Someone other than us or one of our subsidiaries makes a payment in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer in which, as of the expiration date, our board of directors is not recommending rejection of the offer, in which event the conversion rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:



   FMV  +  (SP1  x  OS1)
CR1 = CR0  x  
          OS0  x  SP1

        where,

CR0=the conversion rate in effect on the expiration date
CR1=the conversion rate in effect immediately after the expiration date
FMV=the fair market value (as determined by our board of directors) of the aggregate consideration payable to our shareholders based on the acceptance (up to any maximum specified in the terms of the tender or exchange offer) of all shares validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of the expiration date

OS1

=

the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the expiration date less any purchased shares

OS0

=

the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the expiration date, including any purchased shares

SP1

=

the last reported sale price of our common stock on the trading day next succeeding the expiration date

        The adjustment referred to in this clause (6) will only be made if:

 the tender offer or exchange offer is for an amount that increases the offeror’s ownership of common stock to more than 25% of the total shares of common stock outstanding; and

 the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of common stock exceeds the last reported sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market was $24.67 per share. On September 30, 2005 there were approximately 88 record holderstrading day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to the tender or exchange offer.

        However, the adjustment referred to in this clause(6) will generally not be made if as of the closing of the offer, the offering documents disclose a plan or an intention to cause us to engage in a consolidation or merger or a sale of the consolidated assets of us and our subsidiaries substantially as an entirety.

        “Current market price” of our common stock.

        We are authorizedstock on any day means the average of the last reported sale price of our common stock for each of the 10 consecutive trading days ending on the earlier of the day in question and the day before the “ex-dividend date” with respect to issue 100 sharesthe issuance or distribution requiring such computation. For purposes of Series A Preferred Stock and 2,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, none ofthis paragraph, “ex-dividend date” means the first date on which are issued or outstanding.

        We paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.0625 per share, or a total annual cash dividend of $0.25 per share, on the shares of our common stock duringtrade on the first three quartersapplicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such issuance or distribution.

        To the extent that we have a shareholder rights plan in effect upon conversion of 2005the Notes into common stock, Noteholders will receive, in addition to the common stock, the rights under the rights plan, unless prior to any conversion, the rights have separated from the common stock, in which case the conversion rate will be adjusted at the time of separation as if we distributed, to all holders of our common stock, shares of our capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or assets as described above, subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights.

        Except as stated above, the conversion rate will not be adjusted for the issuance of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock or carrying the right to purchase any of the foregoing.

        We may from time to time, to the extent permitted by law and duringsubject to applicable rules of The NASDAQ Global Market, increase the years 2004 and 2003.conversion rate of the Notes by any amount for any period of at least 20 calendar days. In October 2005,that case we will give at least 15 calendar days’ notice of such increase. We may make such increases in the conversion rate, in addition to those set forth above, as our Boardboard of Directors declareddirectors deems advisable to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of our common stock resulting from any dividend or distribution of stock (or rights to acquire stock) or from any event treated as such for income tax purposes.

        As a regular quarterlyresult of any adjustment of the conversion rate, the Noteholders may, in certain circumstances, be deemed to have received a distribution subject to U.S. federal income tax as a dividend. In certain other circumstances, the absence of an adjustment may result in a taxable dividend of $0.0625 per share to stockholders of record on November 4, 2005, to be paid on November 18, 2005. Our Board of Directors currently intends to continue to pay quarterly cash dividends of $0.0625 per sharethe holders of common stock for the foreseeable future, although the Boardstock.

32


Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of Directors may in its discretion modify or eliminate such dividends at any time. The Credit Facility contains restrictions on, and in some circumstances may prevent, the payment of dividends.



CAPITALIZATION
our Common Stock

        The following table sets forthIn the case of any recapitalization, reclassification or change of our common stock (other than changes resulting from a subdivision or combination), a consolidation, merger or combination involving us, a sale, lease or other transfer to a third party of our consolidated assets substantially as an entirety, or any statutory share exchange, in each case as a result of which our common stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof), then, at the effective time of the transaction, the right to convert a Note will be changed into a right to convert it into the kind and amount of shares or stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash equivalents and our capitalization asor any combination thereof) that a Noteholder of September 30, 2005:

    on an actual basis; and

    on an as adjusted basis, reflecting (i) the sale by usa number of 1,500,000 shares of common stock equal to the applicable conversion rate prior to such transaction would have owned or been entitled to receive upon such transaction. In the event holders of our common stock have the opportunity to elect the form of consideration to be received in such transaction, the reference property will be the weighted average of the forms and amount of consideration received by the holders of our common stock that affirmatively make an election. This provision does not limit the rights of the Noteholders in the event of a fundamental change, including our obligation in certain cases to increase the conversion rate by the additional number of shares in connection with a conversion of the Notes.

            If we elect to settle all or any portion of our conversion obligation in cash or if we irrevocably elect to make a cash payment of principal upon conversion, Noteholders will receive in connection with any conversion:

     cash in an amount equal to the portion of our conversion obligation that we have elected to settle with cash (or up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be converted if we have irrevocably elected net share settlement upon conversion); and

     in lieu of the shares of our common stock otherwise deliverable, if any, reference property.

            If we elect to settle any conversion in whole or in part by delivering cash in respect of our conversion obligation or if we irrevocably elect to make a cash payment of principal upon conversion, the amount of cash and any reference property a Noteholder receives will be based on the daily conversion value amounts of reference property and the applicable conversion rate, as described above.

    Fundamental Change Requires Us to Repurchase Notes at the Option of the Noteholder

            If a fundamental change occurs at any time prior to maturity of the Notes, each Noteholder will have the right to require us to repurchase some or all of that Noteholder’s Notes on a repurchase date that is not less than 20 nor more than 35 business days after the date of our notice of the fundamental change. We will repurchase such Notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest (including liquated damages, if any) to but excluding the fundamental change repurchase date, unless such fundamental change repurchase date falls after a record date and on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date, in which case we will pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest (including liquated damages, if any) payable on such interest payment date to the Noteholder of record at the close of business on the corresponding record date. Notes will be repurchased only in integral multiples of $1,000 of principal amount (or the entire principal amount of the Notes held by the Noteholder).

            Within 15 calendar days after the occurrence of a fundamental change, we are required to give notice to all Noteholders of the occurrence of the fundamental change and of their resulting repurchase right and the fundamental change repurchase date. We must also deliver a copy of our notice to the trustee. To exercise the repurchase right, a Noteholder must deliver, on or before the fundamental change repurchase date specified in our notice, written notice to the trustee of the Noteholder’s exercise of its repurchase right, together with the Notes, including necessary endorsements, if certificated, with respect to which the right is being exercised.

            Noteholders may withdraw any written repurchase notice by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the paying agent prior to the close of business on the repurchase date. The withdrawal notice must state:

     the principal amount of the withdrawn Notes;

     if certificated Notes have been issued, the certificate number of the withdrawn Notes (or, if a Noteholder’s Notes are not certificated, such withdrawal notice must comply with appropriate DTC procedures); and

    33


     the principal amount, if any, that remains subject to the repurchase notice.

            Payment of the repurchase price for a Note for which a repurchase notice has been delivered and not withdrawn is conditioned upon book-entry transfer or delivery of the Note, together with necessary endorsements, to the paying agent at its corporate trust office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or any other office of the paying agent, at any time after delivery of the repurchase notice. Payment of the repurchase price for the Note will be made promptly following the later of the fundamental change repurchase date and the time of book-entry transfer or delivery of the Note. If the paying agent holds money sufficient to pay the repurchase price of the Note on the repurchase date, then, immediately after the repurchase date:

     the Note will cease to be outstanding;

     interest will cease to accrue; and

     all other rights of the Noteholder will terminate, other than the right to receive the repurchase price upon delivery of the Note.

            This will be the case whether or not book-entry transfer of the Note has been made or the Note has been delivered to the paying agent.

            A “fundamental change” will be deemed to have occurred upon a change of control or a termination of trading.

            A “change of control” will be deemed to have occurred at such time after the original issuance of the Notes when the following has occurred:

            (1)        a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section13(d) of the Exchange Act other than us, our subsidiaries or our or their employee benefit plans, files a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of our common stock representing more than 50% of the voting power of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

            (2)        consummation of any transaction or event (whether by means of a liquidation, share exchange, tender offer, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, merger of us or any sale, lease or other transfer of 90% or more of our consolidated assets) or a series of related transactions or events pursuant to which our common stock is exchanged for, converted into or constitutes the right to receive cash, securities or other property; or

            (3)        continuing directors (as defined below in this offeringsection) cease to constitute at an assumed public offering priceleast a majority of $        per share, after deductingour board of directors.

            “Continuing director” means a director who either was a member of our board of directors on June 27, 2006 or who becomes a member of our board of directors subsequent to that date and whose appointment, election or nomination for election by our shareholders is duly approved by a majority of the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payablecontinuing directors on our board of directors at the time of such approval, either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement issued by us on behalf of the board of directors in which such individual is named as nominee for director.

            The beneficial owner shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act. The term “person” includes any syndicate or group which would be deemed to be a “person” under Section13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

            A “termination of trading” will be deemed to have occurred if our common stock (or other common stock into which the Notes are then convertible) is neither listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange nor approved for trading on the NASDAQ Global Market.

            Rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act, as amended, requires the dissemination of certain information to security holders if an issuer tender offer occurs and (ii)may apply if the repaymentrepurchase option becomes available to Noteholders. We will comply with this rule to the extent applicable at that time. We may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, at any time purchase the Notes in the open market or by tender at any price or by private agreement. Any Note so purchased by us may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be reissued or resold or may be surrendered to the trustee for cancellation. Any Notes surrendered to the trustee may not be reissued or resold and will be canceled promptly.

    34


            The foregoing provisions would not necessarily protect Noteholders if highly leveraged or other transactions involving us occur that may adversely affect Noteholders. Our ability to repurchase Notes upon the occurrence of indebtedness outstandinga fundamental change is subject to important limitations. Under certain circumstances, a fundamental change will constitute an event of default under the Credit Facility, thereby potentially limiting the financial resources we have to satisfy any cash obligations in respect of the Notes and also resulting in an event of default with respect to the Notes. In addition, any future credit agreements or other agreements relating to our indebtedness may contain provisions prohibiting repurchase of the Notes under certain circumstances, or expressly prohibit our repurchase of the Notes upon a fundamental change or may provide that a fundamental change constitutes an event of default under that agreement. If a fundamental change occurs at a time when we are prohibited from repurchasing Notes, we could seek the proceedsconsent of our lenders to repurchase the Notes or attempt to refinance this offering.

debt.

        You should read this tableIf we do not obtain consent, we would not be permitted to repurchase the Notes. Our failure to repurchase tendered Notes would constitute an event of default under the indenture, which might constitute a default under the terms of our other indebtedness. No Notes may be repurchased by us at the option of the Noteholders upon a fundamental change if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to such date.

        The fundamental change repurchase feature of the Notes may in conjunctioncertain circumstances make it more difficult or discourage a takeover of our company. The fundamental change repurchase feature, however, is not the result of our knowledge of any specific effort to accumulate shares of our common stock, to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer solicitation or otherwise, or by management to adopt a series of anti-takeover provisions. Instead, the fundamental change repurchase feature is a standard term contained in securities similar to the Notes, is limited to specified transactions and may not include other events that might adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets

        We may, without the consent of the Noteholders, consolidate with, merge into or sell, lease or otherwise transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions the consolidated assets of ours and our subsidiaries substantially as an entirety to any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or trust organized under the laws of the United States or any of its political subdivisions provided that:

we are the surviving entity, or the surviving entity, if other than us, assumes all our obligations under the indenture and the Notes;

if as a result of such transaction the Notes become convertible into common stock or other securities issued by a third party, such third party fully and unconditionally guarantees all obligations of Lifetime Brands,Inc. or such successor under the Notes and the indenture;

immediately after such transaction, no event of default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, would become an event of default, shall have happened and be continuing; and

an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that the consolidation, merger or transfer complies with the sectionsprovisions of this prospectus entitled "Usethe indenture have been delivered to the trustee.

        Under any consolidation, merger, sale, lease or other transfer of Proceeds," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data"our assets as described in the preceding paragraph, the successor company will be our successor and "Management's Discussionshall succeed to, and Analysisbe substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
 September 30, 2005
 
 
 Actual
 As
Adjusted

 
 
 (in thousands, except share data)

 
Cash and cash equivalents $105 $  
  
 
 
Short-term debt       
 Revolving credit facility(1) $82,200 $  
Long-term debt  5,000  5,000 
Stockholders' equity       
 Common stock, $0.01 par value; actual—25,000,000 shares authorized and 11,160,645 shares issued and outstanding; as adjusted—25,000,000 shares authorized, 12,660,645 shares issued and outstanding  111  127 
Series A Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; actual—100 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding  0  0 
Series B Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; actual—2,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding  0  0 
Additional paid-in capital  66,551    
Notes receivable from stockholders  (479) (479)
Retained earnings  32,887  32,887 
  
 
 
Total stockholders' equity  99,070    
  
 
 
Total capitalization $186,270 $  
  
 
 

(1)
As of September 30, 2005, we had $87.2 million of indebtedness outstanding and $0.4 million of letters of credit issuedLifetime Brands,Inc. under the Credit Facility,indenture. If we are still in existence after the transaction, we will be released from our obligations and $12.4 million as available borrowings thereunder.

covenants under the indenture and the Notes.


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
Events of Default

        The table appearing below sets forth Each of the following constitutes an event of default under the indenture:

our selected financial data asfailure to pay when due the principal on any of the Notes at maturity or exercise of a repurchase right or otherwise;

our failure to pay any interest on any of the Notes for 30 calendar days after the date when due;

35


our failure to deliver shares of our common stock, together with cash in lieu thereof in respect of any fractional shares, cash or cash and shares of our common stock upon conversion of a Note, and that failure continues for 10 calendar days;

our failure to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in the Notes or the indenture for a period of 60 consecutive calendar days after written notice of such failure, requiring us to remedy the same, shall have been given to us by the trustee or to us and the trustee by the Noteholders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;

our failure to make any payment by the end of andthe applicable grace period, if any, after the maturity of any indebtedness for borrowed money in an amount in excess of $5 million, or if there is an acceleration of indebtedness for borrowed money in an amount in excess of $5 million because of a default with respect to such indebtedness without such indebtedness having been discharged or such acceleration having been withdrawn, cured, waived, rescinded or otherwise annulled, in either case, for a period of 30 calendar days after written notice to us by the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000 and as of the end of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2004. The information presented as of the end of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000, is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for such periodstrustee or to us and the information astrustee by Noteholders of the end of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2004 is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for such periods. In our opinion, the information for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004 reflects all adjustments consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly present our results of operations and financial condition. Results for the period ended September 30, 2005 should not be considered indicative of results for any other periods. This information should be read together with the discussionat least 25% in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
 Year Ended December 31,
 Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
 2004
 2003
 2002
 2001
 2000
 2005
 2004
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 (unaudited)

 
 
 (in thousands except per share data)

 
Income Statement Data:                      
Net sales $189,458 $160,355 $131,219 $135,068 $121,124 $183,516 $121,399 
Cost of sales  111,497  92,918  73,145  75,626  70,189  104,968  71,396 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Gross profit  77,961  67,437  58,074  59,442  50,935  78,548  50,003 
Distribution expenses  22,830  21,030  22,255  22,037  16,555  22,171  16,406 
Selling, general and administrative expenses  40,282  31,762  28,923  30,427  26,882  43,911  27,904 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from operations  14,849  14,645  6,896  6,978  7,498  12,466  5,693 
Interest expense  835  724  1,004  1,015  730  1,402  536 
Other income, net  (60) (68) (66) (98) (82) (39) (45)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Income before income taxes  14,074  13,989  5,958  6,061  6,850  11,103  5,202 
Income taxes  5,602  5,574  2,407  2,449  2,786  4,220  2,070 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations  8,472  8,415  3,551  3,612  4,064  6,883  3,132 
Basic earnings per common share from continuing operations $0.77 $0.79 $0.34 $0.34 $0.37 $0.62 $0.29 
Weighted average shares—basic  10,982  10,628  10,516  10,492  10,995  11,073  10,960 
Diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations $0.75 $0.78 $0.34 $0.34 $0.37 $0.61 $0.28 
Weighted average shares and common share equivalents—diluted  11,226  10,754  10,541  10,537  11,079  11,290  11,217 
Cash dividends paid per common share $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.188 $0.188 

Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Depreciation and amortization $4,074 $3,673 $3,457 $3,709 $3,461 $3,930 $2,926 
Capital expenditures  2,911  2,213  1,807  13,267  2,025 $4,752 $1,695 
 
 December 31,
 September 30,
 
 2004
 2003
 2002
 2001
 2000
 2005
 2004
 
 (in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data:                     
Cash and cash equivalents $1,741 $1,175 $62 $5,021 $1,325 $105 $689
Total assets  157,217  136,980  113,369  124,856  113,307  247,198  156,547
Total debt  24,400  16,800  14,200  22,847  10,746  87,200  32,200
Total stockholders' equity  92,938  86,081  78,309  78,061  77,517  99,070  87,835


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        You should read the following discussion in conjunction with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the statements in the following discussion are forward-looking statements. See "Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Overview

        We are a leading designer, developer and marketer of a broad range of nationally branded consumer products including Kitchenware, Tabletop, Cutlery and Cutting Boards, Bakeware and Pantryware and Spices. We market our products under some of the most well-respected and widely-recognized brand names in the U.S. housewares industry including three of the four most recognized brands in the "Kitchen Tool, Cutlery and Gadgets" product category according to the HFN Brand Survey for 2005. We sell and market our products under the following brands and trademarks which we own or license: Atlantis, Baker's Advantage®, Block®, Calvin Klein®, CasaModa™, Cuisinart®, Cuisine de France®, DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen, Farberware®, Gemco®, Hershey®'s, Hoan®, Hoffritz®, Joseph Abboud Environments®, Kathy Ireland Home®, Kamenstein®, KitchenAid®, NapaStyle™, Nautica®, Pfaltzgraff®, Retroneu®, Roshco®, Sabatier®, Sasaki®, Stiffel®, :USE® and Weir in Your Kitchen™. We use the Farberware® brand name for kitchenware, cutlery and cutting boards and bakeware pursuant to a 200 year royalty-free license and we license the KitchenAid®, Cuisinart®, Farberware® (for flatware and dinnerware), Sabatier®, DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen™ and Joseph Abboud Environments® trade names pursuant to licenses granted by owners of those brands. In addition, we operate 62 outlet stores under the Farbeware® brand name and 57 outlet stores using the Pfaltzgraff® brand name. We market several product lines within each of our product categories and under each of our brands primarily targeting moderate to premium price points, through every major level of trade. At the heart of our company is a strong culture of innovation and new product development. We expect to develop or redesign over 700 products in 2005 and over 800 products in 2006. We have been sourcing our products in Asia for over 40 years; we currently source our products from approximately 125 suppliers located primarily in China. In June 2005, we changed our name to Lifetime Brands, Inc. from Lifetime Hoan Corporation to better reflect our business.

        Over the last several years, our sales growth has come from: (i) expanding product offerings within our current categories, (ii) developing and acquiring new product categories and (iii) entering new channels of distribution, primarily in the United States. Key factors in our growth strategy have been and will continue to be, the selective use and management of our strong brands and our ability to provide a steady stream of new products and designs. A significant element of this strategy is our in-house design and development team which currently consists of 55 professional designers, artists and engineers. This team creates new products, packaging and merchandising concepts. Utilizing the latest available design tools, technology and materials, we work closely with our suppliers to enable efficient and timely manufacturing of our products.

        We acquired the business and certain assets of Pfaltzgraff in July 2005 and certain components of the business and related assets of Salton in September 2005. Both of these acquisitions expanded our tabletop product category and the Pfaltzgraff acquisition expanded our retail operations. The Pfaltzgraff product lines include ceramic dinnerware and tabletop accessories for the home that are distributed to retailers and directly to the consumer through our outlet stores, the Internet and our catalog operations. The Salton business includes the Block® and Sasaki® brands and licenses to market Calvin Klein® and NapaStyle™ tabletop products, as well as distribution rights for crystal products under the Atlantis brand. We also entered into a license agreement with Salton to market tabletop products under the Stiffel® brand.



        With the recent addition of retail outlet store, Internet and mail-order catalog businesses from Pfaltzgraff, we have determined that we now operate in two reportable segments—wholesale and direct-to-consumer. The wholesale segment is comprised of our business that designs, markets and distributes household products to retailers and distributors. The direct-to-consumer segment is comprised of our business that sells household products directly to the consumer through our retail outlet stores, the Internet and our mail-order catalogs. We have segmented our operations in a manner that reflects how management reviews and evaluates the results of our operations. While both segments distribute similar products, the segments are distinct due to the different types of customers and the different methods used to sell, market and distribute the products in each segment.

        Additional information regarding our "Business Segment" performance is included under "—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 as Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2004" below and in Note Faggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;


our failure to give notice of a fundamental change within the time period specified for doing so; and

certain events of our bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or any significant subsidiary of ours.

        “Significant subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in the definition thereof in RegulationS-X under the Securities Act.

        If an event of default specified in the seventh bullet point above occurs and is continuing, then the principal of all the Notes and the interest thereon shall automatically become immediately due and payable. If an event of default shall occur and be continuing, other than an event of default specified in the seventh bullet point above, the trustee or the Noteholders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare the Notes due and payable at their principal amount together with accrued interest, and thereupon the trustee may, at its discretion, proceed to protect and enforce the rights of the Noteholders by appropriate judicial proceedings. Such declaration may be rescinded and annulled with the written consent of the Noteholders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding on behalf of all Noteholders, subject to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-30.

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2005, we generated net sales of $183.5 million, which represented growth of 51.2% over the corresponding period in the previous year. Excluding approximately $29.0 million in net sales attributable to the Pfaltzgraff businesses that we acquired in July 2005, net sales for the first nine months of 2005 increased approximately 27% to $154.5 million. The Salton business we acquired on September 19, 2005 did not have any sales from the date of acquisition through September 30, 2005 and the expenses incurred during the period were not material to our results of operations.

        For the year ended December 31, 2004, we generated net sales of $189.5 million, which represented growth of 18.1% over the previous year. The combined net sales in 2004 for the Gemco Ware, Inc. ("Gemco"), :USE® and Excel businesses were approximately $14.3 million compared to $0.6 million in 2003. Excluding the impact of these acquisitions, net sales for 2004 were approximately $175.2 million, a 9.6% growth over 2003. The 9.6% increase in sales was primarily attributable to the continuing growth in demand for KitchenAid® branded products and higher Outlet Store sales, offset by lower sales in 2004 of our S'mores Maker™. Net sales for the Outlet Stores in 2004 were $15.9 million compared to $11.0 million in 2003. The sales growth for the Outlet Stores was principally attributable to our assuming responsibility for an additional 20%provisions of the floor space in each store, effective October 1, 2003.

        Our gross profit margin is subject to fluctuation due primarily to product mix and, in some instances, customer mix. In 2004 our gross profit margin declined as a substantial portion of our sales growth came from sales of KitchenAid® branded products, which generate lower margins due to the added cost of royalties, and increased sales of other product lines, including Gemco® functional glassware and Excel products, that generate lower gross profit margins.

        Our operating profit margin declined in 2004 due to three factors: (i) the $14.3 million in sales for the recently acquired Gemco, :USE and Excel businesses generated a small operating loss in 2004, (ii) the distribution of our products through our outlet stores generated higher sales and a larger operating loss in 2004 compared to 2003 and (iii) added personnel costs incurred in 2004 to expand the product design group, the overseas sourcing department and our sales and marketing departments to accommodate future growth. In addition, we incurred in excess of $900,000 of direct expenses in 2004 related to Sarbanes-Oxley compliance work.

Seasonality

        Our business and working capital needs are highly seasonal, with a majority of sales occurring in the third and fourth quarters. In 2004, 2003 and 2002, net sales for the third and fourth quarters accounted for 63%, 66% and 61% of total annual net sales, respectively. Moreover, operating profits earned in the third and fourth quarters accounted for 92%, 97% and 100% of total annual operating



profits, respectively. Inventory levels increase primarily in the June through October time period in anticipation of the pre-holiday shipping season.indenture.

        The acquisitionNoteholders of Pfaltzgraff will significantly increasea majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes at the portiontime outstanding through their written consent, or the Noteholders of our salesa majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding represented at a meeting at which a quorum is present by a written resolution, may waive any existing default or event of default and operating profits that are generated duringits consequences except any default or event of default:

 in any payment on the second halfNotes;

 in respect of the year, and as a result, we will report lower earningsfailure to convert the Notes; or

 in respect of the covenants or provisions in the firstindenture that may not be modified or amended without the consent of the Noteholders affected as described in “—Modification, Waiver and second quartersMeetings” below.

        Noteholders of 2006, as compareda majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding through their written consent, or the Noteholders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding represented at a meeting at which a quorum is present by a written resolution, may direct on behalf of all Noteholders the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the first and second quarterstrustee or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the trustee, subject to the provisions of 2005.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        Management's Discussion and Analysisthe indenture. The indenture contains a provision entitling the trustee, subject to the duty of Financial Condition and Results of Operations includesthe trustee during a discussion on the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information anddefault to act with the instructionsrequired standard of care, to Form 10-Q and Article 10be indemnified by the Noteholders before proceeding to exercise any right or power under the indenture at the request of Regulation S-X.such Noteholders. The preparationrights of these financial statements requires managementNoteholders to make estimates and assumptions that affectpursue remedies with respect to the reported amounts of assets and liabilitiesindenture and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments based on historical experience and on various other factors thatNotes are believedsubject to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates. We believe that the following discussion addresses our most critical accounting policies.

        Merchandise inventories, consisting principally of finished goods, are priced under the lower-of-cost (first-in, first-out basis) or market method. Our management periodically reviews and analyzes inventory based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, future product demand for items and estimated profitabilityadditional requirements set forth in the indenture.

        The indenture provides that the trustee shall, within 90 calendar days of merchandise.

        We sell products wholesale to retailers and distributors and retail directthe occurrence of a default, give to the consumer through our outlet stores,registered Noteholders notice of all uncured defaults known to it, but the Internet and our catalog operations. Wholesale sales are recognizedtrustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if it, in good faith, determines that the withholding of such notice is in the best interest of such registered Noteholders, except in

36


the case of a default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes when title passes to anddue or in the risks and rewardspayment of ownership have transferred to the customer. Outlet store sales are recognized at the time of sale while Internet and catalog sales are recognized upon shipment to the customer. Shipping and handling fees that are billed to customers in sales transactions are recorded in net sales.any conversion or repurchase obligation.

        We are required to estimatefurnish annually to the collectibilitytrustee a statement as to the fulfillment of our accounts receivable. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. If the financial conditions of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

        Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("SFAS") No. 141, "Business Combinations" and SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets". SFAS No. 141 requires all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized but are reviewed at least annually for impairment. Accordingly, we ceased amortizing goodwill effective January 1, 2002. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we completed our annual assessment and based upon such assessment, no impairment to the carrying value of goodwill was identified.

        Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets". SFAS No. 144 requires that a long-lived asset shall be tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. Based upon such review, no impairment to the carrying value of any long-lived asset has been identified at September 30, 2005.



        In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 123R, "Share Based Payment: an Amendment to FASB Statements 123 and 95." This statement requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. In April 2005, the SEC deferred the implementation of SFAS No. 123R. As a result, we plan to adopt SFAS No 123R effective January 1, 2006. We are currently evaluating the impact of this statement on our financial statements.

Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth our income statement data as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated below.

 
 Nine Months Ended September 30,
 Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 2005
 2004
 2004
 2003
 2002
 
Net sales 100.0%100.0%100.0%100.0%100.0%
Cost of sales 57.2 58.8 58.9 57.9 55.7 
Distribution expenses 12.1 13.5 12.0 13.1 17.0 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 23.9 23.0 21.3 19.8 22.0 
Income from operations 6.8 4.7 7.8 9.2 5.3 
Interest expense 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.8 
Income before income taxes 6.0 4.3 7.4 8.7 4.5 
Income taxes 2.3 1.7 3.0 3.5 1.8 
Income from continuing operations 3.7 2.6 4.4 5.2 2.7 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 as Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2004

        Net Sales.    Net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 were $183.5 million, an increase of $62.1 million, or 51.2%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2004. Net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 for the Excel business that was purchased in July 2004 and the Pfaltzgraff business that was purchased in July 2005 were $6.6 million and $29.0 million, respectively. Excluding net sales attributable to these acquired businesses, net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 totaled $147.9 million, a 24.8% increase over the $118.5 million of net sales recorded for the comparable 2004 period excluding net sales of Excel of $2.9 million.

        Net sales for our wholesale segment increased to $154.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 compared to net sales of $111.6 million for the comparable 2004 period. Excluding wholesale net sales of Pfaltzgraff and Excel of $11.1 million and $6.6 million, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, net sales were $136.5 million, an increase of 25.6% over the 2004 period net sales of $108.7 million excluding net sales of Excel of $2.9 million. This increase was primarily attributable to significantly higher sales of cutlery products, particularly our newly introduced lines of KitchenAid® branded cutlery along with higher sales of Farberware® cutlery, and solid growth in sales of KitchenAid® and Farberware® branded kitchen tools and gadgets and Roshco® and KitchenAid® bakeware.

        Net sales for our direct-to-consumer segment increased to $29.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 compared to net sales of $9.8 million for the comparable 2004 period. The increase was due primarily to the acquisition of the Pfaltzgraff outlet stores, Internet and catalog operations which had sales of $17.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005.

        Cost of Sales.    Cost of sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 was $105.0 million, an increase of 47.0% over the comparable 2004 period. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales was



57.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 compared to 58.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2004, the result of a higher proportion of sales in the 2005 period coming from the direct-to-consumer segment where gross profit margins are higher than the wholesale segment.

        Cost of sales as a percentage of sales for the wholesale segment improved to 59.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, compared to 59.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2004. The improvement in gross profit margin was primarily attributable to product mix.

        Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales in the direct-to-consumer segment improved to 45.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 compared to 48.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2004. The improvement in gross profit margin was attributable to the acquisition of the Pfaltzgraff direct-to-consumer business that included Internet and catalog operations that generated higher margins than our outlet store operations.

        Distribution Expenses.    Distribution expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 were $22.2 million, an increase of $5.8 million or 35.1% from the comparable 2004 period. Distribution expenses as a percentage of net sales was 12.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 compared to 13.5% for nine months ended September 30, 2004. This improvement primarily reflects the benefit of labor savings and efficiencies generated by our largest distribution center in Robbinsville, New Jersey.

        Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    Selling, general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 were $43.9 million, an increase of $16.0 million or 57.4% over the comparable 2004 period. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 for the Pfaltzgraff business that was acquired in July 2005 were $10.8 million. Excluding expenses for the Pfaltzgraff business, selling, general and administrative expenses were $33.1 million, an 18.6% increase over selling, general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2004.

        As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 were 23.9%, as compared to 23.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2004. The increase in the percentage relationship of selling, general and administrative expenses to net sales is due to a higher proportion of sales during the 2005 period coming from the direct-to-consumer segment where such expenses are considerably higher than the wholesale segment.

        Income From Operations.    Income from operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 was $12.5 million, an increase of 119.0%, or $6.8 million, over the comparable 2004 period. Income from operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 for Pfaltzgraff was $0.7 million. Excluding income from operations for Pfaltzgraff, income from operations was $11.8 million, a 107.0% increase over income from operations for the 2004 period.

        We measure operating income by segment excluding certain unallocated corporate expenses. Unallocated corporate expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2004 were $4.7 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

        Income from operations for the wholesale segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 was $18.2 million, an increase of 67.8%, or $7.4 million, over the comparable 2004 period. The Pfaltzgraff wholesale business had $0.4 million of income from operations for the period July 11, 2005 (acquisition date) to September 30, 2005. Excluding Pfaltzgraff, income from operations for the wholesale segment was $17.8 million, a 63.3% increase over income from operations for the 2004 period.

        The loss from operations for the direct-to-consumer segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 was $1.0 million compared to a loss of $1.7 million for the comparable 2004 period. The Pfaltzgraff direct-to-consumer business generated $0.3 million of income from operations



for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. Excluding the income from operations for the Pfaltzgraff business, the loss from operations for the direct-to-consumer segment was $1.3 million for the 2005 period.

        Interest Expense.    Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 was $1.4 million compared with $0.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005. The increase in interest expense is due to an increase in borrowings outstandingobligations under the Credit Facility, the proceeds of which were used primarily to fund the acquisitions of Pfaltzgraff and Salton, and an increase in interest rates.

        Income Taxes.    Income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 was $4.2 million as compared to $2.1 million in the comparable 2004 period. The increase in income tax expense is primarily related to the growth in income before taxes from 2004 to 2005. Our marginal income tax rate decreased to approximately 38.0% in 2005 compared to 39.8% in 2004 due to lower state apportionment factors.

Year Ended December 31, 2004 as Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003

        Net Sales.    Net sales in 2004 were $189.5 million, an increase of approximately $29.1 million, or 18.1% higher than 2003. The combined net sales in 2004 for the Gemco and :USE businesses acquired in the fourth quarter of 2003 and the Excel business that was acquired in July 2004, totaled approximately $14.3 million compared to $0.6 million in 2003. The Outlet Stores sales were $15.9 million in 2004 compared to $11.0 million in 2003. Excluding the net sales attributable to the Gemco, :USE, and Excel businesses and the Outlet Stores, net sales totaled approximately $159.2 million, a 7.0% increase over 2003's sales of $148.7 million. The increase in sales was primarily attributable to increased sales of KitchenAid® branded products in our kitchenware, bakeware and cutlery product lines and, to a lesser extent, higher sales of our pantryware products. These sales increases in 2004 were offset primarily by lower sales of our S'mores Maker™. Sales of Farberware® and Cuisinart® branded cutlery and Roshco® branded bakeware also declined in 2004.

        The Outlet Stores sales increased to $15.9 million compared to $11.0 million in 2003. The Outlet Stores sales growth was principally attributable to our assuming responsibility for 70% of the space in each store, effective October 1, 2003, compared to 50% of the space in prior periods. The Outlet Stores had an operating loss of $1.3 million in 2004, compared to an operating loss of $1.0 million in 2003.

        Cost of Sales.    Cost of sales for 2004 was $111.5 million, an increase of approximately $18.6 million, or 20.0% higher than 2003. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales increased to 58.9% in 2004 from 57.9% in 2003, primarily as a result of higher sales of KitchenAid® branded products which generate lower margins due to the added costs of royalties and an increase in sales of other products that carry lower gross profit margins, including Gemco® functional glassware products and Excel products.

        Distribution Expenses.    Distribution expenses, which primarily consist of warehousing expenses, handling costs of products sold and freight-out expenses, were $22.8 million for 2004 as compared to $21.0 million for 2003.indenture. In 2003 these expenses included relocation charges, duplicate rent and other costs associated with our move into the Robbinsville, New Jersey distribution facility amounting to $0.7 million. No such expenses were incurred in 2004. Excluding these moving related costs, distribution expenses were 12.3% higher in 2004 as compared to 2003. However, as a percentage of net sales, distribution expenses, excluding the aforementioned relocation charges, were 12.0% in 2004 as compared to 12.7% in 2003. This improved relationship reflects primarily the benefits of labor savings and efficiencies generated by our main distribution center in Robbinsville, New Jersey.



        Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2004 were $40.3 million, an increase of $8.5 million, or 26.8%, from 2003. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to the following: increased Outlet Store operating expenses, resulting from our being responsible for 70% of the space and expenses of each store for the last three months of 2003 and all of 2004 compared to 50% of the space and expenses of each store for the first nine months of 2003; additional operating expenses of the :USE, Gemco and Excel businesses recently acquired; the higher personnel costs associated with planned personnel increases in the product design group, the overseas sourcing department and sales and marketing departments and expenses related to Sarbanes-Oxley compliance work.

        Interest Expense.    Interest expense for 2004 was $0.8 million, an increase of $0.1 million, or 15.3%, from 2003.

        Income Taxes.    Income taxes for each of 2004 and 2003 were $5.6 million. Income taxes as a percentage of income before taxes remained consistent from year-to-year at approximately 40%.

Year Ended December 31, 2003 as Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

        Net Sales.    Net sales in 2003 were $160.4 million, an increase of approximately $29.1 million, or 22.2% higher than 2002. The increase in sales volume was attributable primarily to increased shipments of KitchenAid® branded kitchen tools and gadgets and bakeware, our newly designed S'mores Maker™ and Kamenstein pantryware products. The Outlet Stores sales increased to $11.0 million compared to $10.3 million in 2002. We became responsible for 70% of the space and expenses in each store, effective October 1, 2003, compared to 50% of the space and expenses in prior periods. The Outlet Stores had an operating loss of $1.0 million in 2003, compared to an operating loss of $0.1 million in 2002.

        Cost of Sales.    Cost of sales for 2003 was $92.9 million, an increase of approximately $19.8 million, or 27.0% more than 2002. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales increased to 57.9% in 2003 from 55.7% in 2002, due primarily to higher sales of licensed branded products which generate lower margins due to the added costs of royalties and a higher cost of sales-to-net sales relationship for Kamenstein products in 2003. In addition, the amount of direct import sales increased in 2003. These sales relate to products shipped directly from contract manufacturers to our retail customers and therefore carry lower gross profit margins as the pricing of such sales recognizes that we do not incur any warehousing or distribution costs.

        Distribution Expenses.    Distribution expenses, which primarily consist of warehousing expenses, handling costs of products sold and freight-out expenses, were $21.0 million for 2003 as compared to $22.2 million for 2002. These expenses included relocation charges, duplicate rent and other costs associated with our move into our Robbinsville, New Jersey distribution facility amounting to $0.7 million in 2003 and $2.2 million in 2002. Excluding these moving related costs, distribution expenses were 1.2% higher in 2003 as compared to 2002 due to higher depreciation expense related to capital expenditures for the new automated distribution system and related equipment, offset by lower payroll costs. As a percentage of net sales, distribution expenses, excluding the aforementioned relocation charges, were 12.7% in 2003 as compared to 15.3% in 2002. This improved relationship reflects the benefits of labor savings generated by the new systems in our Robbinsville, New Jersey distribution facility.

        Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2003 were $31.8 million, an increase of $2.8 million, or 9.8%, from 2002. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to increased personnel costs, including planned personnel additions in the sales and product design departments, increased commission expense related to the higher sales volume and higher consulting fees.



        Interest Expense.    Interest expense for 2003 was $0.7 million, a decrease of $0.3 million, or 27.9%, from 2002. The decrease was attributable to a decrease in the average level of borrowings outstanding during 2003 under the Credit Facility.

        Income Taxes.    Income taxes for 2003 were $5.6 million, an increase of $3.2 million or 131.6%, from 2002. The increase in income taxes was directly related to the increase in income before taxes from 2002 to 2003. Income taxes as a percentage of income before taxes remained consistent from year-to-year at approximately 40%.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our principal sources of cash to fund liquidity needs are: (i) cash provided by operating activities and (ii) borrowings available under the Credit Facility. Our primary uses of funds consist of capital expenditures, acquisitions, funding for working capital increases, payments of principal and interest on our debt and payment of cash dividends.

        At September 30, 2005, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $0.1 million compared to $1.7 million at December 31, 2004.

        Operations for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2005 after adjustment for non-cash items, provided cash of approximately $18.6 million. During the period, other changes in operating assets and liabilities used cash of approximately $29.7 million. This resulted in net cash used by operating activities of approximately $11.1 million.

        Investing activities for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2005 used cash of approximately $51.8 million for purchases of property and equipment and for the Pfaltzgraff and Salton acquisitions.

        Financing activities for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2005 provided cash of approximately $61.2 million. The amount includes (i) net proceeds from short-term borrowings of $62.8 million, (ii) proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $0.7 million, (iii) payment of capital lease obligations of $0.2 million and (iv) cash dividends paid of approximately $2.1 million.

        Capital expenditures were $4.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005, $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 and $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Total planned capital expenditures for 2005 are estimated at $6.5 million. In 2006, our planned capital expenditures are estimated at $12.0 million, including $4.0 million in expected costs related to the proposed expansion of our corporate headquarters and showroom in Westbury, New York. These expenditures are expected to be funded from current operations, cash and cash equivalents and, if necessary, borrowings under the Credit Facility.

        In October 2005, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.0625 per share to stockholders of record on November 4, 2005, to be paid on November 18, 2005.

        We acquired the business and certain assets of Pfaltzgraff in July 2005 for a total purchase price of approximately $38.1 million and certain components of the business and related assets of Salton, Inc. in September 2005 for a total purchase price of approximately $14.0 million subject to post closing adjustments. The acquisitions were funded by borrowings under the Credit Facility.



        As of December 31, 2004, our contractual obligations were as follows (in thousands of dollars):

 
 Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations

 Total
 Less than
1 Year

 1-3 Years
 3-5 Years
 More Than
5 Years

Operating leases $40,194 $5,941 $8,929 $6,705 $18,619
Capitalized leases  1,204  331  581  292  
Short-term debt  19,400  19,400      
Long-term debt  5,000      5,000  
Royalty license agreements  11,103  3,618  7,439  46  
Employment agreements  5,312  3,157  2,155    
  
 
 
 
 
Total $82,213 $32,447 $19,104 $12,043 $18,619
  
 
 
 
 

        In July 2005, we amended our $50 million secured credit facility to increase the size of the facility to $100 million and to extend its maturity to July 2010. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured by all of our assets. Under the terms of the Credit Facility, we are required to satisfy certain financial covenants, including limitations on indebtednessfile with the trustee a written notice of the occurrence of any default or event of default within five business days of our becoming aware of the occurrence of any default or event of default.

Modification, Waiver and saleMeetings

        The indenture contains provisions for convening meetings of assets; a minimum fixed charge ratio; a maximum leverage ratio and maintenance of a minimum net worth. At September 30, 2005, we were in compliance with these covenants. Borrowings under the Credit Facility have different interest rate options that are based on an alternate base rate, the LIBOR rate and the lender's cost of funds rate, plus in each case a margin based on a leverage ratio. As of September 30, 2005, we had $0.4 million of letters of credit and trade acceptances outstanding and $82.2 million of short-term borrowings and a $5.0 million term loan under our Credit Facility, and as a result, the availability under the Credit Facility was $12.4 million. The $5.0 million long-term loan is non-amortizing, bears interest at 5.07% and matures in August 2009. Interest rates on short-term borrowings at September 30, 2005 ranged from 4.0%Noteholders to 6.4%.

        Products are sold to retailers primarily on 30-day credit terms, and to distributors primarily on 60-day credit terms.

        We believe that our cash and cash equivalents, internally generated funds and our existing credit arrangements will be sufficient to finance our operations for at least the next twelve months.consider matters affecting their interests.

        The results of our operations for the periods discussed have not been significantly affected by inflation or foreign currency fluctuation. We negotiate all of our purchase orders with our foreign manufacturers in United States dollars. Thus, the cost of our purchase orders is generally not subject to change after the time the order is placed. However, the weakening of the United States dollar against local currencies could lead certain manufacturers to increase their United States dollar prices for products. We believe we would be able to compensate for any such price increase.

Seasonality

        Our business and working capital needs are highly seasonal, with a significant majority of our sales occurring in the third and fourth quarters. In 2004, 2003 and 2002, net sales for the third and fourth quarters combined accounted for approximately 63%, 66% and 61% of total annual net sales, respectively, and operating profit earned in the third and fourth quarters combined accounted for approximately 92%, 97% and 100% of total annual profits, respectively. Our inventory levels increase primarily in the June through October time period in anticipation of the pre-holiday shipping season. The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly statement of operations information for the first three quarters of 2005, as well as for all of 2004 and 2003. The unaudited quarterly information includes all normal recurring information. Because of the seasonality of our business and other factors,



results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for the full fiscal year.

 
 Year Ending December 31, 2005
  
 
 First Quarter
 Second Quarter
 Third Quarter
  
 
 (in thousands)

  
Net sales $43,117 $46,154 $94,245  
Gross profit  18,217  19,195  41,136  
Income from operations  1,802  2,448  8,216  
Net income  1,001  1,345  4,537  
 
 Year Ended December 31, 2004
 
 First Quarter
 Second Quarter
 Third Quarter
 Fourth Quarter
 
 (in thousands)

Net sales $37,129 $33,029 $51,241 $68,059
Gross profit  15,440  13,875  20,688  27,959
Income from operations  685  462  4,547  9,155
Net income  345  203  2,584  5,340
 
 Year Ended December 31, 2003
 
 First Quarter
 Second Quarter
 Third Quarter
 Fourth Quarter
 
 (in thousands)

Net sales $24,284 $29,950 $44,068 $62,053
Gross profit  10,858  12,947  18,516  25,117
Income (loss) from operations  (917) 1,377  5,016  9,169
Net income (loss)  (602) 724  2,887  5,408

Market Risk

        Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We are exposed to market risk associated with changes in interest rates. The Credit Facility bears interest at variable rates and, therefore, we are subject to increases and decreases in interest expense resulting from fluctuations in interest rates. There have been no changes in interest rates that would have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2004.



BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a leading designer, developer and marketer of a broad range of nationally branded consumer products used in the home. We market our products under some of the most well-respected and widely-recognized brand names in the U.S. housewares industry including three of the four most recognized brands in the "Kitchen Tool, Cutlery and Gadgets" product category according to the HFN Brand Survey for 2005. We primarily target moderate to premium price points through every major level of trade. We generally market several lines within each of our product categories, often under more than one brand. At the heart of our company is a strong culture of innovation and new product development. We expect to develop or redesign over 700 products in 2005 and over 800 products in 2006. We have been sourcing our products in Asia for over 40 years; we currently source our products from approximately 125 suppliers located primarily in China. In June 2005, we changed our name from Lifetime Hoan Corporation to Lifetime Brands, Inc. to better reflect our business.

        Our five main product categories are: (1) Kitchenware (which includes kitchen tools and gadgets, barbecue accessories and functional glassware), (2) Tabletop (which includes dinnerware, crystal, flatware, glassware, serveware, tabletop accessories and barware), (3) Cutlery and Cutting Boards, (4) Bakeware (which includes bakeware and fondues) and (5) Pantryware and Spices (which includes pantryware, spices and spice racks). Our principal brands and their respective product categories include:

Pfaltzgraff®Tabletop, Bakeware, Pantryware and Spices
KitchenAid®Kitchenware, Cutlery and Cutting Boards, Bakeware
Farberware®Kitchenware, Cutlery and Cutting Boards, Tabletop
Cuisinart®Cutlery and Cutting Boards
Sabatier®Cutlery and Cutting Boards, Bakeware, Tabletop
Calvin Klein®Tabletop
Hoffritz®Cutlery and Cutting Boards, Kitchenware, Tabletop, Bakeware

        We also sell and market our products under the following brands and trademarks which we own or license: Atlantis (Tabletop), Baker's Advantage® (Bakeware), Block® (Tabletop), CasaModa™ (Tabletop), Cuisine de France® (Cutlery and Cutting Boards), DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen (Cutlery and Cutting Boards, Bakeware, Pantryware and Spices), Gemco® (Tabletop), Hershey®'s (Bakeware), Hoan® (Kitchenware), Joseph Abboud Environments® (Tabletop), Kamenstein® (Pantryware and Spices), Kathy Ireland Home® (Tabletop), NapaStyle™ (Tabletop), Nautica® (Tabletop), Retroneu® (Tabletop), Roshco® (Bakeware), Sasaki® (Tabletop), Stiffel® (Tabletop) and Weir in Your Kitchen™ (Bakeware). In addition, we sell and market products in the Bath Hardware and Accessories product category under our :USE® and Gemco® brands and we sell and market products in the Cookware product category under the DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen brand.

        We continuously innovate and introduce hundreds of new products across all of our product categories and brands each year. The substantial majority of our products are designed and developed in-house by our design and development team, which consists of 55 professional artists, designers and engineers. Utilizing the latest available design tools, technology and materials, we work closely with our suppliers to enable efficient and timely manufacturing of our products.

        We sell our products to a diverse nationwide customer base including mass merchants (such as Wal-Mart and Target), specialty stores (such as Bed Bath & Beyond and Linens 'n Things), national chains (such as JC Penney, Kohl's and Sears), department stores (such as Bloomingdale's, Macy's and Saks), warehouse clubs (such as Costco, BJ's Wholesale Club and Sam's Club), home centers (such as Lowe's and The Home Depot), supermarkets (such as Stop & Shop and Kroger) and off-price retailers (such as Marshalls, T.J. Maxx and Ross Stores), as well as through other channels of distribution.



Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.indenture (including Sam's Club), which accounted for 24% of our net sales in 2004, is our single largest customer.

        We also sell our products directly to the consumer through our own mail order catalogs, outlet stores and the Internet. We have 119 outlet stores in 35 states operating under the Farberware® or Pfaltzgraff® brands.

        Our 21 most important retail customers are each serviced by an in-house team that includes representatives from our sales, marketing, merchandising and product development departments. We generally collaborate with our retail customers and in many instances produce specific versions of our product lines with exclusive designs and packaging for their stores, which are appropriately priced for their respective customer bases.

        Our six primary distribution centers are strategically located near the ports of entry for our products on the East and West Coasts and afford us nationwide distribution capabilities. Our largest distribution center is a modern facility located in Robbinsville, New Jersey. We also operate two additional distribution facilities located in York, Pennsylvania which were acquired in connection with the Pfaltzgraff acquisition and a distribution facility located in Winchendon, Massachusetts. In addition, we utilize two facilities located in California, which are both operated for us by a third-party logistics provider.

        For the year ended December 31, 2004, we generated net sales of $189.5 million, which represented growth of 18.1% over the previous year. For the nine months ended September 30, 2005, we generated net sales of $183.5 million, which represented growth of 51.2% over the corresponding period in the previous year. Excluding approximately $29 million in net sales attributable to the Pfaltzgraff businesses that we acquired in July 2005, net sales for the first nine months of 2005 increased approximately 27% to $154.5 million. Our business and working capital needs are highly seasonal, with a significant majority of our sales occurring in the third and fourth quarters. In 2004, 2003 and 2002, net sales for the third and fourth quarters combined accounted for approximately 63%, 66% and 61% of total annual net sales, respectively, and operating profit earned in the third and fourth quarters combined accounted for approximately 92%, 97% and 100% of total annual profits, respectively.

        With the recent addition of retail outlet store, Internet and mail-order catalog businesses from Pfaltzgraff, we have determined that we now operate in two reportable segments—wholesale and direct-to-consumer. The wholesale segment is comprised of our business that designs, markets and distributes household products to retailers and distributors. The direct-to-consumer segment is comprised of our business that sells household products directly to the consumer through our retail outlet stores, the Internet and our mail-order catalogs. We have segmented our operations in a manner that reflects how management reviews and evaluates the results of our operations. While both segments distribute similar products, the segments are distinct due to their different types of customers and the different methods used to sell, market and distribute the products in each segment.

        Additional information regarding our "Business Segment" performance is discussed under "—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2005 as Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2004" above and is included in Note F of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-30.

        We have assembled a seasoned management team with experience and talent in the housewares and consumer products industries. Our management team is focused on growing our business by capitalizing on the reputation of our well-respected and widely-recognized brands, our strengths in product design and innovation, our product sourcing experience and expertise and our long-term retail customer and supplier relationships.



Our Industry

        According to the International Housewares Association, or IHA, the Housewares segment in the U.S. housewares industry, in which we directly compete, generated retail revenue of approximately $10.0 billion in 2004, however, we do not currently offer products in all categories included in the Housewares segment. The U.S. housewares industry is highly fragmented. We estimate there are approximately 2,200 companies in the housewares industry, of which approximately 1,700 are member companies of the IHA. The three largest distribution channels in the U.S. housewares industry are Discount Stores/Supercenters, Department Stores and Specialty Stores.

        According to the IHA, the Housewares segment of the U.S. housewares industry has grown 18.6% from 1999 to 2004, including an increase of 4.7% from 2003 to 2004. However, growth of individual product categories varies and some new categories have experienced even higher growth, such as silicone bakeware, which, according to HomeWorld, an industry publication, grew at an estimated average annual rate of 53.7% between 2000 and 2003.

        According to HomeWorld, the list below shows total 2004 retail sales in the United States for those product categories in which we currently compete and for which data is available:

    Kitchen Tools and Gadgets: $922.0 million

    Tabletop: $1,911.1 million

    Cutlery: $368.7 million

    Bakeware: $733.5 million

        We believe that brands play an increasingly important role in consumers' purchasing decisions in the Housewares segment. The perceived value of a brand may result in a greater willingness on the part of a consumer to purchase a product at a higher price. We believe that many consumers in our categories make purchasing decisions based primarily on the perceived value of the brand.

        We believe that growth in our product categories of the U.S. housewares industry will be driven primarily by the following factors:

    new household formations in the United States;

    increasing consumer focus on the home, food preparation and at-home entertaining;

    strong consumer preference for branded consumer products; and

    greater overall retail sales of consumer products.

        We believe that we are well positioned to capitalize on these trends. We have recognizable brands, a portfolio of innovative products and a sophisticated and scalable distribution system, which we believe are important factors to our ability to grow in the future.

Competitive Strengths

        We believe that the following key competitive strengths, among others, will contribute to our continued success:

        Broad Portfolio of Powerful Brands.    Our products are marketed under some of the most well-respected and well-recognized brand names in our industry, which enables us to differentiate our product lines from lesser known brands and commodity items in the eyes of both our retail customers and consumers. According to the HFN Brand Survey for 2005, KitchenAid®, Farberware®, Cuisinart® and Hoffritz® ranked #1, #2, #4 and #14, respectively, in their "Kitchen Tool, Cutlery and Gadgets" category. The use of these brands together with our recently acquired brands, including Atlantis, Block®, Calvin Klein®, DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen, Joseph Abboud Environments®, Kathy Ireland Home®, NapaStyle™, Nautica®, Pfaltzgraff®, Retroneu®, Sasaki®, Stiffel® and Weir In Your Kitchen™, as well as our other well respected brands, including Roshco®, Baker's Advantage®, Kamenstein®, CasaModa™, Hoan®, Gemco® and :USE®, enables us to differentiate our product lines



from lesser-known brands and commodity items in the eyes of both our retail customers and consumers. We also provide a broad range of products and product lines within each brand and each product category, primarily targeting moderate to premium price points. We believe that our broad portfolio of brands and the use of sub-brands to differentiate product lines within each brand effectively address the needs of our diverse retail customer base.

        Proven Track Record of Innovation and New Product Introductions.    Our strategy is to constantly innovate and to introduce hundreds of new products across all of our brands each year. Our strong in-house product design and development capabilities allow us to continuously expand and refresh our product offerings according to our customers' preferences. The substantial majority of our products are designed and developed in-house by our design and development team, which consists of 55 professional artists, designers and engineers. Utilizing the latest available design tools, technology and materials, we work closely with our suppliers to enable efficient and timely manufacturing of our products. In addition to styling and designing numerous products within each of our categories and each of our brands, our design and development team invents products with entirely new functionalities. We also utilize our design and development capabilities to help our suppliers achieve manufacturing efficiencies and to introduce new manufacturing technologies. In addition, our in-house design capabilities lower product development costs and shorten the "time-to-market" of new products.

        We expect to develop or redesign over 700 products in 2005 and over 800 products in 2006. The invention of new products has occurred throughout our history. For example, we invented the knife block, the knife carousel, the silicone gripper, the cookie slider and the patent pending PerfectTear® Paper Towel Holder, the first paper towel holder designed with an internal ratchet mechanism to allow paper towels to be removed easily with one hand, one sheet at a time.

        Established Sourcing Expertise.    We have been sourcing products in Asia for over 40 years and we currently have two sourcing offices staffed by our employees in China. Our personnel's significant sourcing expertise allows us to determine where to source our products for the best prices and quality. By not investing in manufacturing facilities, we are able to minimize our fixed costs and concentrate on efficiently managing our suppliers' variable costs of production. We believe that we have and will continue to maintain strong relationships with our key suppliers, thereby affording us priority status and access to timely and quality production.

        Strong Relationships with Retail Customers.    We sell our products to a diverse nationwide retail customer base including mass merchants, specialty stores, national chains, department stores, warehouse clubs, home centers, supermarkets and off-price retailers, as well as through other channels of distribution, and through our Farberware® and Pfaltzgraff® outlet stores. Our 21 most important retail customers are each serviced by an in-house team that includes representatives from our sales, marketing, merchandising and product development departments. Category experts from each of our divisions support these teams. Some major customers provide us with real-time information on their sales and in-stock inventory positions of our products, which enables us to refine the product mix in order to increase the sales of our products. We generally collaborate with our retail customers and in many instances produce specific versions of our product lines with exclusive designs and packaging for their stores, which are appropriately priced for their respective customer bases.

        National Distribution Capability.    Our six primary distribution centers in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Massachusetts and California are strategically located near the ports of entry for our products on the East and West Coasts and afford us nationwide distribution capabilities. Our largest distribution center is a modern facility located in Robbinsville, New Jersey. We also operate two additional distribution facilities located in York, Pennsylvania which were acquired in connection with the Pfaltzgraff acquisition and a distribution facility located in Winchendon, Massachusetts. In addition, we utilize two facilities located in California, which are both operated for us by a third-party logistics provider.



        Scalability and Ability to Integrate New Businesses.    We believe that our centralized design, sourcing, marketing, distribution, finance and administration structure allows us to expand our business organically and to acquire new businesses which can benefit from such centralization. Our largest distribution center in Robbinsville, New Jersey is a modern facility that enables us to satisfy the current "just-in-time" delivery requirements of our retail customers, as well as potentially more stringent requirements that may be imposed upon us in the future.

        Experienced and Incentivized Management Team.    We believe our management team, which includes executives with significant experience in the U.S. housewares and consumer products industries (an average of approximately 25 years for our executive officers), provides us with a competitive advantage. After giving effect to this offering, our executive officers will beneficially own approximately 19.8% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis.

Strategy

        Our primary objective is to be the leading supplier in each of the product categories in which we compete. We believe this objective would enable us to negotiate even more effectively with our key customers on product placement and pricing, which in turn would help us increase our revenues and improve our margins due to manufacturing economies of scale. Key elements of our strategy include:

        Increase Sales of Premium Brands.    We focus on increasing our revenue from brands, such as Farberware® and KitchenAid®, that are highly recognized and valued by both retail customers and consumers. We believe that the Farberware® brand is one of the most widely-recognized and well-regarded housewares brands in the United States and that KitchenAid® is one of the leading premium housewares brands. Recently, we introduced an upscale line of Farberware commercial gadgets, new lines of Farberware® barbeque tools and boxed food preparation items, a premium line of Farberware® Industrial tools and gadgets, and a line of over 50 new Farberware® Innovations many of which are potentially patentable innovations that will be placed into the Farberware® lines of kitchenware. We have achieved growth in the sale of products under the KitchenAid® brand by adding additional categories as well as new products within existing categories since we entered into a licensing agreement with Whirlpool Corporation to produce kitchen gadgets under its premium KitchenAid® brand. In 2004, we introduced new lines of KitchenAid® cutlery and cutting boards that initially comprised 45 SKUs and in 2005, we added a new sinkware line and continued to expand our lines of kitchen tools and gadgets, cutlery and cutting boards. We offer consumers a broad spectrum of products across different price points, providing the opportunity for them to trade up to branded products and then to higher-end product lines within our well-recognized brand names.

        Continue to Introduce New Innovative Products.    We use our design capabilities to continuously introduce new products and to refresh our product assortment. We practice "disruptive technology" by creating innovative products, packaging, displays and marketing programs that force our competitors to follow. For example, we recently introduced KitchenAid® silicone bakeware. Silicone bakeware had not been previously marketed in the United States under a well-known consumer brand. Also, in 2003, we introduced the innovative patent pending PerfectTear® paper towel holder in 5 designs and in 4 materials and finishes. In addition, we have the capability to create entirely new products with different functionalities. We track design innovations in the broader consumer products market and, when appropriate, apply these concepts to our product lines.

        Expand Product Categories.    We intend to continue expanding our product categories beyond our current categories. We plan to do this both through acquisitions of existing businesses, as in the recent Pfaltzgraff and Salton acquisitions, and by introducing products in new categories under our existing brands as we have done with the recently introduced KitchenAid® line of sinkware.

        Increase Customer Penetration.    We sell our products to most major retailers in the United States. We work together with our major retail customers to broaden the range of products purchased by each



customer within our existing product categories and to sell new categories of products to each customer.

        Improve Operating Margins.    Managing our variable costs is the principal factor that allows us to improve our operating margins. We use design initiatives to lower supplier production costs and, where appropriate, to take advantage of lower cost raw materials. Because we are not invested in fixed manufacturing facilities, we can seek the highest quality suppliers with the lowest cost. In addition, our internal product design capabilities enable us, when appropriate, to alter the design of a product to accommodate less expensive materials while maintaining the look and quality of our products. Our scale of operations enables our suppliers to purchase raw materials in large quantities at relatively low costs. We also seek to improve our margins by reducing distribution costs through efficiencies in our distribution system and customer collaboration. We develop new product lines and redesign our products to encourage consumers to trade up to higher price points, which may result in higher margins; however, we are generally unable to increase prices of existing products.

        Pursue Selective Acquisition Opportunities.    We have historically grown and expect to continue to grow by acquiring brands and businesses that allow us to expand our existing product categories or provide new opportunities in the market for home products and that can benefit from the use of our brands and our centralized design, marketing, sourcing and distribution capabilities.

Acquisitions and Dispositions

        Since 1995 we have made eight acquisitions that expanded our product offerings, allowed us to enter new product categories or added another strong brand. In 1995, we acquired the Hoffritz® trademarks and brand name which we use on various cutlery, kitchenware, bakeware and barware products. In 1998, we acquired the stock of Roshco, Inc., a Chicago-based bakeware and baking-related products company, which introduced us to the bakeware category. In September 2000, we acquired substantially all of the assets of M. Kamenstein, Inc., a 107-year old housewares company, whose products included pantryware, tea kettles, spices and spice racks, and home organization accessories. In late 2003, we made two additional acquisitions, :USE and Gemco, that introduced us to two new product categories: bath accessories and functional glassware products. In July 2004, we completed the acquisition of Excel, which provided us with two new product categories: tabletop and cookware. In July 2005, we completed the acquisition of Pfaltzgraff, one of America's leading designers and marketers of dinnerware and tabletop accessories for the home. In September 2005, we completed the acquisition of certain assets and business of Salton which provided us with additional brands and licenses in the tabletop category. With the addition of the Excel business and assets, the Pfaltzgraff business and assets and the Salton business and assets in the tabletop category we have established a formidable presence in a category in which we did not previously market.

        Salton Acquisition    On September 19, 2005, we completed the acquisition of certain tabletop assets and the related business from Salton. The assets include Salton's Block® and Sasaki® brands, licenses to market Calvin Klein® and NapaStyle™ tabletop products and distribution of upscale crystal products under the Atlantis brand. In addition, we entered into a license agreement with Salton to market tabletop products under the Stiffel® brand. The purchase price was approximately $14.0 million.

        Pfaltzgraff Acquisition.    On July 11, 2005, we completed the acquisition of the business and certain assets of Pfaltzgraff. Its products are broadly distributed through retail chains and sold through company-operated outlet stores as well as through the Internet and our catalog operations. The purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $38.1 million.

        Excel Acquisition.    On July 23, 2004, we completed the acquisition of the business and substantially all of the assets of Excel, which designed, marketed and distributed a diversified line of high quality cutlery, tabletop, cookware and barware products under well-recognized premium brand names, including Sabatier®, Farberware®, Joseph Abboud Environments® and DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen,



all of which are licensed, and Retroneu®, which is owned. The Excel acquisition broadened our portfolio of brands, expanded our customer base to include additional higher-end retailers and specialty stores and added flatware, dinnerware, drinkware and cookware to the product categories we offer. The purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $7.1 million.

        Gemco Ware Acquisition.    In November 2003, we acquired certain assets of Gemco Ware, Inc., a 50-year old supplier of functional glassware products for storing and dispensing food and condiments, a new product category for us at the time.

        :USE Acquisition.    In October 2003, we acquired the business and certain assets of the :USE®—Tools for Civilization Division of DX Design Express, Inc. which focused on creating high-end contemporary lifestyle products for the home, including decorative hardware, mirrors and lighting for the bath, as well as decorative window accessories. We are required to pay the seller contingent royalties of a minimum of $300,000 ($100,000 in each of the years 2005-2007) and up to a maximum of $1,500,000 ($500,000 in each of the years 2005-2007), based upon a percentage of the net sales of the :USE® product line.

        Prestige Companies Disposition.    In September 1999, we acquired 51% of the capital stock of Prestige Italiana, Spa, and Prestige Haushaltswaren GmbH for approximately $1.3 million in cash. Effective September 27, 2002, we sold our interest in Prestige Italiana, Spa, and, together with its minority interest shareholder, caused Prestige Haushaltswaren GmbH to sell all of its receivables and inventory to a European housewares distributor. As a result we received approximately $1.0 million in cash. The sale resulted in a net loss of approximately $811,000 which included the write-off of goodwill of approximately $540,000. For 2001 and 2002, we have reclassified our financial statements to classify the operations of the Prestige Companies as discontinued operations. The Prestige Companies marketed and distributed kitchen tools, gadgets, cutlery and bakeware under the Prestige® trade name primarily in Italy and Germany.

Licenses

        We use the Farberware® brand name pursuant to a 200 year royalty-free license and we license the KitchenAid® and Cuisinart® brand names from Whirlpool Corporation and Conair Corporation, respectively. In February 2004, we entered into a license agreement with Hershey Foods Corporation, and in July 2004, we acquired license agreements for the Sabatier®, Joseph Abboud Environments® and DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen brand names and an additional license for Farberware® dinnerware, flatware, plastic beverage, plastic giftware and plastic serviceware not covered by our existing Farberware® license. We have also acquired license agreements for the Nautica® and Weir in Your Kitchen™ brands upon completion of the acquisition of business and assets from Pfaltzgraff in July 2005 and with Calvin Klein® and NapaStyle™ in connection with the acquisition of business and assets from Salton in September 2005. In addition, we entered into a license agreement with Salton to market tabletop products under the Stiffel® brand.

        Farberware Agreement.    In 1996, we entered into an agreement to acquire certain assets of Farberware, Inc. Under the terms of the acquisition agreement we acquired a 200 year, royalty-free, exclusive right to use the Farberware® name in connection with product lines covered by then existing license agreements between us and Farberware®, which included kitchen cutlery products (excluding flatware) and kitchen tools such as spatulas, barbecue forks and kitchen "gadgets" (but excluding appliances), plus a limited number of certain additional products. We also acquired 50 Farberware® retail outlet stores pursuant to the acquisition agreement. Upon the acquisition of Excel, we obtained an additional Farberware® license for dinnerware, flatware, plastic beverage and plastic giftware/serviceware which was recently extended for four years beginning on July 1, 2005 and extending through June 30, 2009.


        KitchenAid Agreement.    On September 29, 2000, we entered into a licensing agreement with Whirlpool Corporation. This agreement allows us to design, manufacture and market an extensive range of kitchen utensils, barbecue items and pantryware products under the KitchenAid® brand name. Shipments of products by us under the KitchenAid® name began in the second quarter of 2001. On January 1, 2002, the licensing agreement between us and Whirlpool Corporation was amended, expanding the covered products to include bakeware and baking related products. A second amendment to the licensing agreement was entered into effective August 1, 2003, which extended the term of the agreement through December 31, 2007 and further expanded the covered products to include kitchen cutlery. A third amendment to the licensing agreement entered into effective August 1, 2005, extended the term of the agreement through December 31, 2009 and further expanded the covered products to include sinkware, pantryware and spices.

        Cuisinart Agreement.    On March 19, 2002, we entered into a licensing agreement with Conair Corporation. This agreement allows us to design, manufacture and market a wide variety of kitchen cutlery products under the Cuisinart® brand name. On April 8, 2004, our licensing agreement with Conair Corporation was amended, expanding the covered products to include cutting board products. The license for kitchen cutlery products expires on June 30, 2006 and the license for cutting board products expires on June 30, 2007. Each license renews automatically for successive one year terms provided the agreement is not earlier terminated by either party and certain minimum royalty requirements are met. Shipments of products by us under the Cuisinart® name began in the fourth quarter of 2002.

        Hershey's Agreement.    On February 20, 2004, we entered into a licensing agreement with Hershey Foods Corporation. This agreement allows us to design, manufacture and market S'mores Maker™ and Fondues under the Hershey®'s brand name. The licensing agreement expires February 28, 2006 and may be renewed for one year at our option provided certain minimum royalty requirements are met. Shipment of products under the Hershey®'s name began in the second half of 2004.

        Sabatier Agreement.    On July 23, 2004, we acquired from Excel a licensing agreement with Rousellon Freres to utilize the Sabatier® brand name for cutlery as well as flatware, serveware, bakeware and dinnerware line extensions. The licensing agreement was extended for twenty years until December 31, 2023 and may be automatically renewed for two ten year terms.

        DBK Daniel Boulud Kitchen Agreements.    We also acquired from Excel on July 23, 2004, three licensing and endorsement agreements with Dinex Licensing (amended in September 2004) to utilize the DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen brands for cutlery and holloware (expires September 30, 2007), cookware, kitchen gadgets, bakeware and barware (expires September 30, 2007), and flatware, drinkware and vases (expires June 30, 2008). We also negotiated a separate license for spices that expires on March 31, 2008. DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen cutlery, cookware and utensils are the inspiration of 4-star Chef Daniel Boulud. The licenses renew automatically for successive one year terms provided the agreements are not earlier terminated by either party and certain minimum royalty requirements are met.

        Joseph Abboud Environments Agreement.    Another license agreement acquired from Excel on July 23, 2004 is with JA Apparel Corp. for the Joseph Abboud Environments® brand for flatware, dinnerware, glassware, textile tableware and giftware products. Distribution is limited to approved upscale retailers. The license extends to December 31, 2007 (which may be renewed with the consent of JA Apparel Corp.) for the period January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2010).

        Nautica Agreement.    On July 11, 2005, we acquired from Pfaltzgraff a licensing agreement with Nautica Apparel Inc. to utilize the Nautica® brand name for dinnerware. The license extends to December 31, 2005.



        Weir In Your Kitchen Agreement.    On July 11, 2005, we acquired from Pfaltzgraff a licensing agreement with Joanne Weir to utilize the Weir In Your Kitchen™ brand for bakeware. The license extends to January 2010 and will be automatically renewed for one additional five-year term commencing February 2010 provided that the agreement is not terminated earlier by either party and certain minimum royalty requirements are met.

        Calvin Klein Agreement.    On September 19, 2005, we acquired from Salton a licensing agreement with Calvin Klein, Inc. to utilize the Calvin Klein® brand name for tabletop products, including dinnerware, flatware, glassware and crystal. The license extends to December 31, 2010 provided that certain minimum royalty requirements are met.

        NapaStyle Agreement.    We also acquired from Salton on September 19, 2005, a licensing agreement with NapaStyle LLC to utilize the NapaStyle™ brand to market tabletop products, including glassware, dinnerware and tabletop accessories. The license extends to December 31, 2020 provided that the agreement is not terminated earlier by either party and certain minimum royalty requirements are met.

        Stiffel Agreement.    Upon completion of the Salton asset acquisition, we entered into a license agreement with Salton in September 2005 to market tabletop products under the Stiffel® brand. The license extends to September 19, 2008 and may be renewed 90 days or more before expiration at our option provided that we are in compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the agreement.

        Royalties.    Our license agreements requireNotes) may be modified or amended by us and the trustee, without the consent of the Noteholder, for the purposes of, among other things:

 adding to pay royalties on salesour covenants for the benefit of licensed products. Future minimum royalties payable under these agreements arethe Noteholder;

 reopening the indenture and the issuance of additional Notes as follows:

Year ending December 31:

  
2006 $6,107,500
2007  7,211,250
2008  8,026,250
2009  9,090,000

Products

        We design, develop and market a broad range of branded consumer products useddescribed in the home, including Kitchenware, Tabletop, Cutlery and Cutting Boards, Bakeware, and Pantryware and Spices. We also offer a linefifth paragraph under "--General";


 surrendering any right or power conferred upon us;

 providing for conversion rights of hardware and accessories for the bath and a line of cookware. We design and source our products to be sold at different price points through various channels of trade and under different trade names including Farberware®, KitchenAid®, Cuisinart®, Hoffritz®, Sabatier®, DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen, Joseph Abboud Environments®, Retroneu®, Kamenstein®, PerfectTear®, CasaModa™, Hoan®, Roshco®, Bakers Advantage®, Gemco® and :USE®. Our in-house product design and development staff designs mostNoteholders if any reclassification or change of our products, packagingcommon stock or any consolidation, merger or sale of the consolidated assets of us and merchandising concepts. Our products are manufactured to our specifications, primarilysubsidiaries substantially as an entirety occurs;

increasing the conversion rate in the People's Republicmanner described in the indenture, provided that the increase will not adversely affect the interests of China, and are generally shipped fully assembled.

        Kitchenware.    We offer several comprehensive linesNoteholders in any material respect;


complying with the requirements of kitchenware products, comprising over 4,000 individual items,the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the indenture under the Farberware®, KitchenAid®, Hoffritz®, Sabatier®, DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen, Gemco® and Hoan® brands. Our kitchenware products include tools and gadgets used in the preparation and servingTrust Indenture Act of food, functional glassware products for storing and dispensing food and condiments and barbeque tools and accessories. In 2005, we introduced a line of sink racks, dish racks and cleaning brushes under the KitchenAid® brand.

        Tabletop.    We design and sell dinnerware, flatware, drinkware, crystal and tabletop accessories under the Pfaltzgraff®, Farberware®, Sabatier®, Joseph Abboud Environments®, DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen, Retroneu®, Nautica®, Weir In Your Kitchen™, Kathy Ireland Home®, Atlantis, Block®, Calvin Klein® Home, NapaStyle™, Sasaki® and Stiffel® brands. Dinnerware includes plates,



bowls, cups and accessories, which are sold in boxed sets and1939, as individual pieces in both casual and formal styles. Flatware includes knives, forks and spoons; drinkware comprises glassware, stemware and barware, as well as pitchers, vases and related accessories; crystal includes glasses, decanters and decorative objects; and tabletop accessories include salad bowls, serving bowls, serving platters and picture frames.

        Cutlery and Cutting Boards.    We offer full lines of kitchen cutlery under a variety of brands, including Farberware®, Cuisinart®, KitchenAid®, Sabatier®, DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen, Hoffritz® and Lagioule™. Cutlery products include kitchen knives, steak knives, shears, sharpening steels and specialty items, such as the Japanese-inspired "santoku" knife, which features grooved kullens to facilitate cutting through foods of all types. We offer our cutlery products in open stock, in sets and in counter top blocks and carousels. We also sell a line of Cuisinart® cutlery in a patented Knife Vault® that allows knives to be stored safely in an easily accessible counter top container with a childproof locking mechanism.

        We also sell full ranges of polyethylene, wood, glass and acrylic cutting boards under the Farberware®, KitchenAid®, Cuisinart®, Sabatier® and Hoffritz® brands. Cutting boards are sold individually, in sets containing various sizes of boards and in combination sets with cutleryamended;


making any changes or kitchenware items.

        Bakeware.    We sell a variety of metal, ceramic and silicone bakeware and baking related products under the Roshco®, KitchenAid®, Baker's Advantage®, Hoffritz®, Pfaltzgraff® and Weir In Your Kitchen™ trade names. These products include baking, measuring and rangetop products such as cake and pie pans, cookie sheets, cookie presses, muffin pans, roasters, scraper sets, whisks, cutters, rolling pins, baking shells, baking cups, measuring devices, thermometers, timers, pizza stones, fondues and woks.

        We also market a diverse line of products for casual home entertaining, including barware, buffet servers and warmers, fondues and devices for tabletop cooking. These products are marketed under the Hoffritz®, Farberware®, Hershey®'s, Hershey®'s Kisses® and CasaModa™ brands.

        Pantryware and Spices.    Our pantryware lines include wood, wire and stainless steel breadboxes, mug holders, paper towel dispensers, spice racks, grinders, caddies, teakettles and storage and organization products. We also sell individual spices, rubs and blends in single containers and in sets. These products are distributed under the Kamenstein®, Farberware®, KitchenAid®, DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen and Hoffritz® trade names. We fill spice containers in our Winchendon, Massachusetts facility.

        In 2003, we introduced the PerfectTear® paper towel holder. The PerfectTear® incorporates a patented mechanism that allows easy removal of paper towels from the roll, one sheet at a time.

        Bath Hardware and Accessories.    We design and market decorative hardware, mirrors and lighting for the bath and decorative window accessories under the :USE® trade name. Decorative hardware includes towel bars, towel racks, soap dishes, hooks, toilet tissue holders and metal and wire baskets.

        Cookware.    We currently sell a line of stainless steel cookware under the DBK™ Daniel Boulud Kitchen brand and we plan to introduce several lines of cookware under the Sabatier® and Hoffritz® brands in 2006.

Customers and Distribution

        Our products are sold primarily in the United States to retail customers including mass merchants, specialty stores, national chains, department stores, warehouse clubs, supermarkets, off-price retailers and home centers, as well as through other channels of distribution. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (including Sam's Clubs) accounted for



approximately 24%, 29% and 20% of net sales, respectively. No other customer accounted for 10% or more of our net sales during 2004, 2003 or 2002. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 59%, 62% and 56% of net sales, respectively.

        We sell our products to most major retailers in the United States. We distribute our products through a diverse nationwide customer base of retail customers including mass merchants (such as Wal-Mart and Target), specialty stores (such as Bed Bath & Beyond and Linens 'n Things), national chains (such as JC Penney, Kohl's and Sears), department stores (such as Bloomingdale's, Macy's and Saks), warehouse clubs (such as Costco, BJ's Wholesale Club and Sam's Club), home centers (such as Lowe's and The Home Depot), supermarkets (such as Stop & Shop and Kroger) and off-price retailers (such as Marshalls, T.J. Maxx and Ross Stores), as well as through other channels of distribution. We also sell our products directlymodifications to the consumer through our own mail order catalogs, outlet stores and the Internet. We have 119 outlet stores in 35 states operating under the Farberware® or Pfaltzgraff® brands.

        Our 550,000 square foot distribution facility in Robbinsville, New Jersey is our largest distribution facility and the substantial majority of our products are shipped to our customers from that facility. This advanced distribution facility was designed to enable us to comply with the current "just-in-time" delivery requirements of our major customers, as well as to enable us to meet the increasingly more stringent requirements that we anticipate will be imposed upon us by our retail customers in the foreseeable future. We currently have plans to expand this facility to add approximately 147,600 square feet of additional storage space. We also operate two distribution facilities with a combined total of approximately 470,000 square feet of space located in York, Pennsylvania which were acquiredindenture necessary in connection with the Pfaltzgraff acquisition and a distribution facility in Winchendon, Massachusetts. In addition, we utilize two facilities located in California, which are both operated for us by a third-party logistics provider.

Sales and Marketing

        Our 21 most important retail customers are each serviced by an in-house team that includes representatives from our sales, marketing, merchandising and product development departments. We generally collaborate with our retail customers and in many instances produce specific versionsregistration of our product lines with exclusive designs and packaging for their stores, which are appropriately priced for their respective customer bases.

        We operate 62 retail outlet stores in 31 statesthe Notes under the Farberware® name. In 2004 under anSecurities Act, as contemplated by the registration rights agreement, withprovided that this action does not adversely affect the Meyer Corporation, Meyer Corporation assumed responsibility for merchandising and for stocking Farberware® cookware products in the stores, received all revenue from store sales of Farberware® cookware, occupied 30%interests of the spaceNoteholders in each store and reimbursed us for 30% of the operating expenses of the stores. We utilize the Farberware® outlet storesany material respect;


irrevocably electing to sell excess inventory, overstock and discontinued items. In 2003 Meyer Corporation occupied 50% of each store's space during the first nine months of the year and 30% of each store's spacesatisfy solely in the final three months of the year. The outlet stores represented 8.4%, 6.9% and 7.8% ofshares our net sales in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

        In addition, as a result of the Pfaltzgraff acquisition in July 2005, we now operate 57 Pfaltzgraff® retail outlet stores in 27 states. The Pfaltzgraff® outlet stores, mail order catalogs and Internet website all sell first-run Pfaltzgraff® brand products through a dedicated direct-to-consumer channel.

Sources of Supply

        We source our products from approximately 125 suppliers located primarily in the People's Republic of China, and to a lesser extent in the United States, Taiwan, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, Germany, France, Korea, Czech Republic, Italy, India and Hong Kong. We have been sourcing



products in Asia for over 40 years. We do not own or operate any manufacturing facilities (other than our spice packing line within our Winchendon, Massachusetts facility), but instead rely on established long-term relationships with our major suppliers. We collaborate with our major suppliers during the product development process and on manufacturing technology to achieve efficient and timely production. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 our three largest suppliers provided us with approximately 54% of the products we distributed, as compared to 62% for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003.

        Our policy is to maintain several months of supply of inventory and, accordingly, we order products substantially in advance of the anticipated time of their sale to our customers. While we do not have any long-term formal arrangements with any of our suppliers, in certain instances, particularlyconversion obligation with respect to the manufactureNotes to be converted after the date of cutlery, we place firm commitments for products several months in advance of receipt of firm orders from our customers. Our arrangements with most manufacturers allow for some flexibility in modifying the quantity, composition and delivery dates of orders. All purchase orders are in United States dollars.

Competition

        The markets for Kitchenware, Tabletop, Cutlery and Cutting Boards, Bakeware and Pantryware and Spices are highly competitive and include numerous domestic and foreign competitors, some of which are larger than we are. The primary competitive factors in selling such products to retailers are consumer brand name recognition, quality, aesthetic appeal to consumers, packaging, breadth of product line, distribution capability, prompt delivery and price to the consumer.

Patents and Trademarks

        We own approximately 144 design and utility patents on the overall design of some of our products. We acquired patents and copyrights as part of the Hoffritz, Roshco, Kamenstein, :USE, Excel, Pfaltzgraff and Salton acquisitions. We believe that the expiration ofelection;


curing any of our patents would not have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, we ownambiguity or have rights to approximately 138 trademarks and tradenames used in our business. We consider these trademarks significant to our competitive position. Some of these trademarks are registeredcorrecting or supplementing any defective provision contained in the United States and others have become distinctive marks as to which we have acquired common law rights. For a more detailed discussion of our trademarks, please refer to "Summary—Trademarks and Service Marks" above.

Backlog

        Backlog isindenture; provided that such modification or amendment does not, material to our business because actual confirmed orders are typically not received until close to the required shipment dates.

Employees

        As of September 30, 2005, we had 982 full-time employees, of whom 7 were employed in an executive capacity, 138 in sales, marketing, design or product development capacities, 74 in financial, administrative or clerical capacities, 360 in warehouse or distribution capacities and 403 in our direct-to-consumer business. In addition, we employ 622 people on a part-time basis, predominately in our direct-to-consumer business. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. We consider our employee relations to be good.

Regulatory Matters

        Certain of the products we manufacture are subject to the jurisdiction of the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission. Our spice packing line within our facility in Winchendon, Massachusetts is regulated by the Food and Drug Administration. Our products are also subject to regulation under certain state laws pertaining to product safety and liability.


Properties

        The following table describes the facilities at which we operate our business:

Description/Use of Property

Location
Approximate
Square
Footage

Owned
or
Leased

Lease Expiration Date

Corporate headquarters


Westbury, New York


47,000


Owned


N/A
Kamenstein warehouse and distribution facilityWinchendon, Massachusetts169,000OwnedN/A
Warehouse and distribution facilityRobbinsville, New Jersey550,000LeasedJuly 9, 2016
Pfaltzgraff warehouse and distribution facilityYork, Pennsylvania312,900LeasedJuly 31, 2008
Pfaltzgraff warehouse and distribution facilityYork, Pennsylvania160,000LeasedJuly 31, 2008
Pfaltzgraff design centerYork, Pennsylvania15,298LeasedMonth-to-Month
Pfaltzgraff officeYork, Pennsylvania18,945LeasedMonth-to-Month
Pfaltzgraff officeYork, Pennsylvania10,199LeasedMonth-to-Month
Pfaltzgraff call centerYork, Pennsylvania14,479LeasedOctober 18, 2012
Pfaltzgraff MIS officeYork, Pennsylvania9,000LeasedJuly 31, 2007
Pfaltzgraff showroomNew York, New York1,780LeasedDecember 31, 2007
ShowroomBentonville, Arkansas3,750LeasedMay 31, 2007
Tabletop showroomNew York, New York6,960LeasedAugust 31, 2009
Kamenstein officeElmsford, New York6,200LeasedMarch 31, 2009
Showroom/officeZhuhai, China4,000LeasedApril 19, 2006
Showroom/officeShanghai, China4,500LeasedNovember 10, 2008
Sales officeChicago, Illinois750LeasedDecember 15, 2005

        In addition to the properties listed above, our outlet stores lease 119 stores in retail outlet centers located in 35 states throughout the United States. The square footage of the stores range from approximately 2,000 square feet to 18,600 square feet. The terms of these leases range from month-to-month to 5 years with expiration dates beginning in December 2005 and extending through November 2010.

        Subject to certain provisions in the lease agreement for the Robbinsville, New Jersey distribution facility, we have three separate renewable options each of which would extend the term of the lease for a period of five years. Subject to certain provisions in the lease agreements for both of the distribution facilities located in York, Pennsylvania, we have two separate renewable options in each lease which would extend the term of the lease for a period of three years.

        We no longer occupy approximately 13,000 square feet of leased office space located in Westbury, New York under a lease that will expire on May 31, 2006 and intend to sublease this space.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we have been involved in various legal proceedings. We believe that all current litigation is routine in nature and incidental to the conduct of our business, and that none of this litigation, if determined adversely to us, would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of our operations.



MANAGEMENT AND DIRECTORS

        The following table sets forth the names and ages of each of our executive officers and directors as of September 30, 2005:

Name

 Age
 Position
 Director or Executive
Officer of Company or
Its Predecessor Since

Jeffrey Siegel 63 Chairman of the Board of Directors; Chief Executive Officer; and President 1967
Ronald Shiftan 61 Vice Chairman; Chief Operating Officer and a Director 1984
Evan Miller 41 President of Sales and Executive Vice-President 1985
Robert Reichenbach 56 President of our Cutlery and Cutting Boards, and Bakeware products groups; and Executive Vice-President 2001
Larry Sklute 61 President of our Kitchenware products group 1993
Craig Phillips 55 Senior Vice-President—Distribution; Secretary; and a Director 1973
Robert McNally 59 Chief Financial Officer and Vice-President—Finance and Treasurer 1997
Howard Bernstein 84 Director 1992
Michael Jeary 58 Director 2005
Sheldon Misher 64 Director 2004
Cherrie Nanninga 56 Director 2003
William Westerfield 74 Director 2004

Jeffrey Siegel is Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President. Mr. Siegel has held the position of Chairman of the Board since June 2001, the position of Chief Executive Officer since December 2000 and the position of President since December 1999. Prior to becoming President, since 1967, Mr. Siegel was our Executive Vice-President. Mr. Siegel is also a member of the board of directors of the International Housewares Association.

Ronald Shiftan was elected Vice Chairman in November 2004. Mr. Shiftan has been our Chief Operating Officer since June 2005 and a Director since 1984. Mr. Shiftan had been a consultant to us from October 2002 to November 2004. From September 1998 to January 2002, Mr. Shiftan was Deputy Executive Director of The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey.

Evan Miller has been President of Sales and an Executive Vice-President since March 2002. Prior thereto Mr. Miller was our Senior Vice-President—Sales since February 2000. Prior thereto, Mr. Miller was our Vice-President—National Sales Manager since 1985.

Robert Reichenbach has been President of our Cutlery and Cutting Boards, and Bakeware products groups since February 2001. He has also been an Executive Vice-President since March 2002. Prior thereto, Mr. Reichenbach was Senior Vice-President—General Merchandise Manager of Linens 'n Things from November 1998 to March 2000.

Larry Sklute has been President of our Kitchenware products group since February 2001. Prior thereto Mr. Sklute was our Vice-President of Marketing since 1993.

Craig Phillips has been Senior Vice-President—Distribution since July 2003, Secretary since 1973 and a Director since 1973. Previously, Mr. Phillips held the position of Vice-President—Manufacturing since 1973.



Robert McNally has been our Chief Financial Officer, Vice-President—Finance and Treasurer since 1997. Previously, Mr. McNally was Chief Financial Officer at Cybex International, Inc, a fitness equipment manufacturer and designer, from 1981 to 1997, and was an accountant at Ernst & Young LLP from 1969 to 1981. Mr. McNally is a certified public accountant.

Howard Bernstein has been a Director since 1992. Mr. Bernstein has been a member of the firm of Cole, Samsel & Bernstein LLC (and its predecessors), certified public accountants, for approximately fifty-one years.

Michael Jeary has been a Director since June 2005. Mr. Jeary has been the President and Chief Operating Officer of Della Femina Rothschild Jeary and Partners, an advertising agency, since 1998. Mr. Jeary is on the New York Board of the American Association of Advertising Agencies.

Sheldon Misher has been a Director since June 2004. Mr. Misher has since October 2001 been counsel in the New York office of McCarter & English, a law firm headquartered in Newark, New Jersey. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Misher was affiliated with Commonwealth Associates, LLP, with respect to its private equity and merchant banking activities. From 1972 to 1998, Mr. Misher was a senior partner and member of the executive committee of Bachner, Tally, Polevoy and Misher, a New York law firm.

Cherrie Nanninga has been a Director since August 2003. Ms. Nanninga has been the Chief Operating Officer of the New York Tri-State Region of CB Richard Ellis, Inc., a commercial real estate firm, since 2002. For twenty-three years prior thereto, Ms. Nanninga was employed by the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey where she most recently served as Deputy Chief Financial Officer and Director of Real Estate.

William Westerfield has been a Director since June 2004. Mr. Westerfield is retired. From 1965 to 1992 he was an audit partner at Price Waterhouse LLP. Mr. Westerfield currently is a member of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Audit Committees of Gymboree Corp., an international children's apparel retailer and West Marine, Inc., a boating supply retailer.

        Certain of our directors, officers and significant stockholders are related to one another. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" for a more complete description of such relationships.

        Howard Bernstein, Cherrie Nanninga, Sheldon Misher, William Westerfield and Michael Jeary, who constitute a majoritygood faith opinion of our board of directors each satisfiesand the independence requirementstrustee, adversely affect the interests of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.Noteholders in any material respect; provided further that any amendment made solely to conform the provisions of the indenture to the description of the Notes in the offering memorandum dated June 27, 2006 will not be deemed to adversely affect the interests of the Noteholders; or


adding or modifying any other provisions which we and the SEC.trustee may deem necessary or desirable and which will not adversely affect the interests of the Noteholders.

        Modifications and amendments to the indenture or to the terms and conditions of the Notes may also be made, and noncompliance by us with any provision of the indenture or the Notes may be waived, in each case, on behalf of all Noteholders either:

with the written consent of the Noteholders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding; or

by the adoption of a resolution at a meeting of Noteholders at which a quorum is present by at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented at such meeting.

Other Key Employees37


However, no such modification, amendment or waiver may, without the written consent or the affirmative vote of the Noteholders affected:

change the maturity of the principal of or any installment of interest on any Note (including any payment of liquidated damages, if any);

reduce the principal amount of, or any premium, if any, on any Note;

reduce the interest rate or amount of interest (including any liquidated damages, if any) on any Note;

change the currency of payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note;

impair the right of a Noteholder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to, or the conversion of, any Note;

except as otherwise permitted or contemplated by provisions of the indenture concerning specified reclassifications or corporate reorganizations, impair or adversely affect the conversion rights of Noteholders;

adversely affect any repurchase option of Noteholders;

reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding necessary to modify or amend the indenture or to waive any past default; or

reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding required for any other waiver under the indenture.

        The following key employees whoquorum at any meeting called to adopt a resolution will be persons holding or representing a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding.

Form, Denomination and Registration

        The Notes have been issued in fully registered form, without interest coupons, in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and whole multiples of $1,000.

Global Notes: Book-Entry Form

        The Notes are evidenced by one or more global Notes deposited with the trustee as custodian for DTC, and registered in the name of Cede& Co., as DTC’s nominee. Record ownership of the global Notes may be transferred, in whole or in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee, except as set forth below.

        Ownership of beneficial interests in a global Note is limited to persons that have accounts with DTC or its nominee (which we refer to as “participants”) or persons that may hold interests through participants. Transfers between direct DTC participants will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with DTC’s rules and will be settled in same day funds. Noteholders may also beneficially own interests in the global Notes held by DTC through certain banks, brokers, dealers, trust companies and other parties that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a direct DTC participant, either directly or indirectly. So long as Cede& Co., as nominee of DTC, is the registered owner of the global Notes, Cede& Co. for all purposes is considered the sole Noteholder of the global Notes. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in the global Notes are not our executive officers are instrumentalentitled to our business:

Marsha Everton has been Presidenthave individual Notes registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of our Direct-to-Consumer divisionindividual Notes in definitive form, and was Chief Executive Officer and Presidentwill not be considered holders thereof. The laws of The Pfaltzgraff Co,some states require that certain persons take physical delivery of securities in definitive form. Consequently, the ability to transfer a subsidiary of Susquehanna Pfaltzgraff Co. from December 2001 to July 2005. Prior thereto, Ms. Everton held various posts at The Pfaltzgraff Co. from 1983 to 2001, including Vice President, Stores and Direct Marketing, Vice President, Corporate Development and Group Vice President, Marketing.

Peter Kamenstein has been President of our Pantryware and Spices products group since October 2000. Prior thereto, Mr. Kamenstein was President of M. Kamenstein, Inc., a companybeneficial interest in the pantryware spice business, that we acquired in October 2000.

William Lazaroff has been Vice-President—Product Development since October 1998. Prior thereto, Mr. Lazaroff was Director of Merchandising for Peter Andrews Corporation from 1993global Notes to 1998.



Steven Lizak has been President of our Tabletop products group since November 2004. Prior thereto, Mr. Lizak was employed by Mikasa Inc. as the Senior Vice-President of Sales and Marketing from 1995 to 2004 and as Senior Vice-President of Sales from 1987 to 1994.

Michael Velsmid has been President of our Bath Products and Accessories products group since October 2003. From January 2003 to October 2003, Mr. Velsmid was an Independent Consultant. From July 2000 to January 2003, Mr. Velsmid was the President of the Europe, Canada and International Divisions and an Executive Officer of WestPoint Stevens Inc. From August 1992 to January 2003, Mr. Velsmid was the President of WestPoint Stevens Stores Inc. and from September 1986 to August 1992 he was the President of the Merchandising Division of Lenox, Inc.

Edward Virgona has been Corporate Controller since March 1998. Mr. Virgona was our Accounting Manager from January 1996 to March 1998. Mr. Virgona was Assistant Controller at The Party Experience from 1994 to 1996 and before then a Senior Accountant at Alexander's, Inc.

Frank Balducci has been Director of SEC Reporting since August 2005. Previously, Mr. Balducci was an accountant at Deloitte & Touche LLP from 1993 to August 2005.

Board of Directors

        Our directors are elected annually by our stockholders. They serve until the next annual meeting of our stockholders or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.

Committees of the Board

        Our board committees consist of an Audit Committee and a Governance and Compensation Committee. Set forth below are descriptions of the membership and responsibilities of those committees.

        Audit Committee.    The Audit Committee is presently comprised of directors who are independent, as required by the Audit Committee charter and the listing requirements for The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. The current members are William Westerfield (Chairman), Howard Bernstein, Michael Jeary and Cherrie Nanninga. In addition, our Board of Directors has determined that William Westerfield is an "audit committee financial expert," as defined by SEC rules.

        The Audit Committee, among other things, regularly:

    reviews the activities of our independent accountants;

    evaluates our organization and our internal controls, policies, procedures and practices to determine whether they are reasonably designed to:

    provide for the safekeeping of our assets; and

    assure the accuracy and adequacy of our records and financial statements;

    reviews the activities of our outsourced internal audit function, including approving the internal audit plan and budget;

    reviews our financial statements and reports;

    monitors compliance with our internal controls, policies, procedures and practices;

    undertakes such other activities as the Board from time to time may delegate to it;

    considers the qualifications of and appoints our independent accountants; and

      reviews and approves audit fees and fees for non-audit services rendered or to be rendered by the independent accountants, and reviews the audit plan and the services rendered or to be rendered by the independent accountants for each year and the results of their audit for the previous year.

            Compensation Committee.    The Compensation Committee is presently comprised of three directors, all of whom are independent. The current members are Sheldon Misher (Chairman), Cherrie Nanninga and Michael Jeary.

            The Compensation Committee, after consulting with the Chief Executive Officer, establishes, authorizes and administers our compensation policies, practices and plans for our directors, executive officers and other key personnel. The Compensation Committee advises the Board of Directors regarding directors' and officers' compensation and management development and succession plans. The Compensation Committee is responsible for administering our 2000 Incentive Bonus Compensation Plan and our 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Our 1991 Stock Option Plan and 1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan are administered by the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee also undertakes such other activities aspersons may be delegated to it from time to time by the Board of Directors.

            Governance Committee.    The Governance Committee is comprised of three directors. The current members are Sheldon Misher (Chairman), Howard Bernstein and Ronald Shiftan.

            The Governance Committee develops and makes recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding governance principles applicable to us. The Governance Committee's principal duties and responsibilities include assessing the structure of the committees of the Board of Directors, developing and recommending corporate governance guidelines and developing and recommending procedures for the evaluation and self evaluation of the Board of Directors.limited.

            We do notwill wire, through the facilities of the trustee, principal, premium, if any, and interest payments on the global Notes to Cede& Co., the nominee for DTC, as the registered owner of the global Notes. We, the trustee and any paying agent will have a standing nominating committeeno responsibility or committee performing similar functions. Instead,liability for paying amounts due on the Boardglobal Notes to owners of Directorsbeneficial interests in the global Notes.

    38


            It is DTC’s current practice, upon receipt of any payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the global Notes, to credit participants’ accounts on the payment date in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the Notes represented by the global Notes, as a whole acts as a nominating committee. The Boardshown on the records of DirectorsDTC, unless DTC believes that it will not receive payment on the payment date. Payments by DTC participants to owners of beneficial interests in Notes represented by the global Notes held through DTC participants will be the responsibility of DTC participants, as is appropriatenow the case with securities held for us notthe accounts of customers registered in “street name.”

            If a Noteholder would like to have such a committee in viewconvert Notes into common stock pursuant to the terms of the factNotes, the Noteholder should contact the Noteholder’s broker or other direct or indirect DTC participant to obtain information on procedures, including proper forms and cut-off times, for submitting those requests.

            Because DTC can only act on behalf of DTC participants, who in turn act on behalf of indirect DTC participants and other banks, a Noteholder’s ability to pledge the Noteholder’s interest in the Notes represented by global Notes to persons or entities that do not participate in the Board has adoptedDTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interest, may be affected by the lack of a policy that all director nominees shall be recommendedphysical certificate.

            Neither we nor the trustee (nor any registrar, paying agent or conversion agent under the indenture) will have any responsibility for the Board's selectionperformance by DTC or direct or indirect DTC participants of their obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations. DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a majorityNoteholder, including, without limitation, the presentation of Notes for conversion as described below, only at the direction of one or more direct DTC participants to whose account with DTC interests in the global Notes are credited and only for the principal amount of the independent directorsNotes for which directions have been given.

            DTC has advised us as follows: DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the Board.

    Director Compensation

            Directors who are not our employees receive an annual feeState of $35,000 payable (a) $25,000 in cash onNew York, a quarterly basis and (b) $10,000 in our Common Stock, valued at the closing pricemember of the stock onFederal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the day priormeaning of the Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the annual meetingprovisions of Section17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for DTC participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between DTC participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of Notes. Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations and may include certain other organizations such as the initial purchasers of the Notes. Certain DTC participants or their representatives, together with other entities, own DTC. Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies, that clear through, or maintain a custodial relationship with, a participant, either directly or indirectly.

            Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the global Notes among DTC participants, it is under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. If DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as depositary and a successor depositary is not appointed by us within 90 calendar days, we will cause Notes to be issued in definitive registered form in exchange for the global Notes. None of us, the trustee or any of our stockholders at which the director is elected plus $2,000 for each meeting of the Board attended and $500 for each committee meeting attended. Committee chairpersons for all committees, exceptor its respective agents will have any responsibility for the Audit Committee, receive an additional $5,000 annual fee and the Audit Committee chairperson receives an additional $15,000 fee. All committee members other than chairpersons receive an additional $2,000 annual fees for each committee on which they serve. Directors who are our employees do not receive compensation for such services. Our officers and directors have entered into indemnification agreements with us. In June 2004, Cherrie Nanninga, Howard Bernstein and Ronald Shiftan each received options to purchase 1,000 sharesperformance by DTC or direct or indirect DTC participants of Common Stock at an exercise price of $20.09 per share. Also in June 2004, Sheldon Misher and William Westerfield, both of whom were then elected directors for the first time, each received options to purchase 5,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $20.09 per share.

    Executive Compensation

            The following table sets forth all cash compensation earned in the most recent three years by our Chief Executive Officer and each of our other four most highly compensated executive officers during the past year (the "Named Executive Officers"). The compensation arrangements for each of these



    officers that are currently in effect are describedtheir obligations under the caption "Employment Arrangements" below. The bonuses set forth below include amounts earnedrules and procedures governing their operations, including maintaining, supervising or reviewing the records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in the year shown but paid in the subsequent year.

     
      
      
      
     Long-Term
    Compensation
    No. of Shares of
    Common Stock
    Underlying
    Stock Options

      
     
     
     Annual Compensation
      
     
    Name and Principal Position

     All other
    Compensation

     
     Year
     Salary
     Bonus
     
    Jeffrey Siegel
    Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
     2004
    2003
    2002
     $

    755,280
    735,700
    713,500
     $

    554,743
    576,320
    323,000
    (1)
    (1)


     $

    31,457
    28,898
    28,578
    (2)
    (2)
    (2)
    Ronald Shiftan
    Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer(3)
     2004  61,153   1,000  3,000(2)
    Bruce Cohen
    President of Outlet Retail
    Stores, Inc. and Executive Vice-President(5)
     2004
    2003
    2002
      313,603
    313,424
    304,000
      

    25,000


    (4)

    50,000
      12,354
    9,855
    11,178
    (2)
    (2)
    (2)
    Evan Miller
    President of Sales and Executive Vice-President
     2004
    2003
    2002
      325,053
    313,424
    304,000
      211,800
    210,375
    200,000
    (6)
    (7)
    (4)

    50,000
      12,877
    12,692
    16,919
    (2)
    (2)
    (2)
    Robert Reichenbach
    President of Cutlery and Cutting Boards, Bakeware and At-Home Entertaining and Executive Vice-President
     2004
    2003
    2002
      300,000
    250,000
    195,000
      25,000
    84,304
    75,000
    (6)
    (7)
    (4)

    75,000
      6,600
    6,643
    7,855
    (2)
    (2)
    (2)
    Robert McNally
    Vice-President Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
     2004
    2003
    2002
      247,000
    240,000
    227,000
      40,000
    25,000
    20,000
    (6)
    (7)
    (4)


    150,000
      11,675
    11,320
    11,652
    (2)
    (2)
    (2)

    (1)
    Includes $545,000 earned and paid in 2004 and $9,743 accrued in 2004 and paid in 2005 and $532,691 earned and paid during 2003 and $43,629 accrued in 2003 and paid in 2004.

    (2)
    Represents the current dollar value of premiums paid for split dollar life insurance by us and automobile related expenses paid by us.

    (3)
    Mr. Shiftan became our Vice Chairman in November 2004. Mr. Shiftan had been a consultant to us from October 2002 to November 2004. For his services as a consultant during 2004, Mr. Shiftan received compensation of $400,000, which included a bonus of $100,000 awarded to Mr. Shiftan by us in April 2005. Mr. Shiftan received a stock option grant in June 2004 in his capacity as an outside director.

    (4)
    Such amounts were accrued in 2002 and paid in 2003.

    (5)
    Mr. Cohen resigned as an officer effective as of July 6, 2005.

    (6)
    Such amounts were accrued in 2004 and paid in 2005.

    (7)
    Such amounts were accrued in 2003 and paid in 2004.


    Option/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year

    Name

     No. of Shares of
    Common Stock
    Underlying Options
    Granted

     Individual Grants
    % of Total
    Options Granted
    to Employees in
    Fiscal Year

     Exercise
    Price

     Expiration
    Date

     Grant Date
    Present Value

     
    Ronald Shiftan 1,000 2.04%$20.09 6/9/2014 $7,040(1)

    (1)
    Option values reflect Black-Scholes model output for options. The assumptions used in the model for the grant to Mr. Shiftan are an expected volatility of 0.349, a risk-free rate of return of 3.59%, a dividend yield of 1.24% and an expected option life of 6 years.

    Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in the Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option/SAR Valuesglobal Notes.

            The following table sets forth certainAccording to DTC, the foregoing information with respect to each exercise of stock options during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 by eachDTC has been provided to its participants and other members of the Named Executive Officersfinancial community for informational purposes only and is not intended to serve as a representation, warranty or contract modification of any kind.

    Certificated Notes

            We will issue the numberNotes in definitive certificated form if DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and valuea successor depositary is not appointed by us within 90 calendar days. In addition, beneficial interests in a global Note may be exchanged for definitive certificated Notes upon request by or on behalf of unexercised options heldDTC in accordance with customary procedures. The indenture permits us to determine at any time and in our sole discretion that Notes shall no longer be represented by global Notes. DTC has advised us that, under its current practices, it would notify its participants of our request, but will only withdraw beneficial interests from the global Notes at the request of each DTC participant. We would issue definitive Notes in exchange for any such beneficial interests withdrawn.

            Any Note that is exchangeable pursuant to the preceding sentence is exchangeable for Notes registered in the names which DTC will instruct the trustee. It is expected that DTC’s instructions may be based upon directions received by DTC from

    39


    its participants with respect to ownership of beneficial interests in that global Note. Subject to the foregoing, a global Note is not exchangeable except for a global Note or global Notes of the Named Executive Officerssame aggregate denominations to be registered in the name of DTC or its nominee.

    Notices

            Except as otherwise provided in the indenture, notices to Noteholders will be given by mail to the addresses of Noteholders as they appear in the Note register.

    Registration Rights of Noteholders

            We have agreed to file with the SEC, at December 31, 2004:

     
      
      
     Number of Shares of
    Common Stock Underlying
    Unexercised Options/SARs
    at December 31, 2004

      
      
     
      
      
     Value of Unexercised
    In-The-Money Options/SARS
    at December 31, 2004(1)

    Name

     Shares
    Acquired on
    Exercise

     Value
    Realized

     Exercisable
     Unexercisable
     Exercisable
     Unexercisable
    Jeffrey Siegel         
    Ronald Shiftan    81,000  $813,000  
    Evan Miller 10,000 $105,000 29,100 37,500  237,008 $306,750
    Bruce Cohen 12,500  155,250  37,500    306,750
    Robert Reichenbach    18,750 56,250  153,375  460,125
    Robert McNally 44,970  568,182 89,157   855,907  

    (1)
    Calculated based onour expense, the difference between the closing sale priceregistration statement of which this prospectus is a part covering resales by Noteholders of all Notes and the common stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market on December 31, 2004 ($15.90 per share), and the exercise price of each option multiplied by the number of shares of common stock underlying such option.

    Employment Arrangements, Termination of Employment Arrangements and Change in Control Arrangements

            Effective as of April 6, 2001, Jeffrey Siegel entered into a new employment agreement with us that provides that we will employ him as our President and Chief Executive Officer for a term that commenced on April 6, 2001, and as our Chairmanissuable upon conversion of the Board for a term that commenced immediately following the 2001 Annual Meeting of stockholders, and continuing until April 6, 2006, and thereafter for additional consecutive one year periods unless terminated by either us or Mr. Siegel as provided in the agreement. The agreement provides for an annual salary of $700,000 with annual increments based on changes in the Consumer Price Index and for the payment each year of a bonus in an amount equal to 3.5% of our pre-tax income for such fiscal year, adjusted to include amounts payable during such year to Mr. Siegel under the employment agreement and to Milton Cohen in his capacity as a consultant to us and all significant non-recurring charges deducted in determining such pre-tax income. Our pre-tax income upon which Mr. Siegel's bonuses are to be based is determined by the committee responsible for administering and interpreting our 2000 Incentive Bonus Compensation Plan.Notes. Under the terms of the employmentregistration rights agreement, upwe have agreed to 80%use our reasonable best efforts to:

     cause the registration statement of Mr. Siegel's annual bonus (as estimatedwhich this prospectus is a part to become effective as promptly as is practicable, but in accordance with an annual budget) may be paid in advance. In addition, underno event later than December 24, 2006; and

      keep the termsregistration statement of which this prospectus is a part effective for a period (which we refer to as the employment agreement, Mr. Siegel“registration period”) from the date the registration statement of which this prospectus is entitled to $350,000 payable ata part is declared effective by the SEC until such date that is the earlier of April 5, 2006(1) the date as of which all the Notes or the occurrencecommon stock issuable upon conversion of certain termination eventsthe Notes have been sold either under Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar provision then in force) or pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; (2) the date as of which all the Notes or the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes held by non-affiliates are eligible to be sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or any successor provision; or (3) the date on which there are no outstanding registrable securities.

            We have also agreed to provide to each registered Noteholder copies of this prospectus, to notify each registered Noteholder when the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part has become effective, and to bonusestake certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the Notes and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes. A Noteholder who sells securities pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part generally will be required to be named as a Selling Securityholder in this prospectus and to deliver this prospectus to purchasers and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement, which are applicable to that Noteholder (including certain indemnification provisions). If a registration statement covering these securities is not effective, they may not be sold or otherwise transferred except pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and any other applicable securities laws or in a transaction not subject to those laws.

            We may suspend the Noteholder’s use of this prospectus for a maximum of 45 calendar days in any 90-calendar day period, and not to exceed an aggregate of 90 calendar days in any 12-month period, if (i) we, in our 2000 Incentive Bonusreasonable judgment, believe we may possess material non-public information the disclosure of which would be seriously detrimental to us and our subsidiaries taken as a whole or (ii) this prospectus would, in our judgment, contain a material misstatement or omission as a result of an event that has occurred or is continuing. However, if the disclosure relates to a proposed or pending material business transaction, the disclosure of which we determine in good faith would be reasonably likely to impede our ability to consummate such transaction, or would otherwise be seriously detrimental to us and our subsidiaries taken as a whole, we may extend the suspension period from 45 calendar days to 60 calendar days. We will not specify the nature of the event giving rise to a suspension in any notice to Noteholders of the existence of such a suspension.

            Each of the following is a registration default (provided that a registration default shall occur with respect to the Notes only if any of the following events affects the portion of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, this prospectus or any prospectus supplement pertaining to the Notes, and a registration default shall occur with respect to the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes only if any of the following events affects the portion of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, this prospectus or any prospectus supplement pertaining to such shares of common stock):


     the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part has not been declared effective by December 24, 2006; or

    Compensation Plan. The agreement also provides for certain fringe benefits. The agreement further provides40


     prior to or on the 45th, 60th, 90th or 180th calendar day, as the case may be, of any period that if Mr. Siegel is Involuntarily Terminated (as definedthis prospectus has been suspended as described in the agreement) subsequentpreceding paragraph (in each case except as the result of filing of a post-effective amendment solely to our being mergedadd additional selling securityholders), such suspension has not been terminated.

            If a registration default occurs with respect to the Notes, liquidated damages will accrue on the Notes, from and including the calendar day following the registration default to but excluding the earlier of (i) the calendar day after the end of the registration period and (ii) the calendar day on which the registration default has been cured. Liquidated damages will be paid semi-annually in arrears, with the first semi-annual payment due on the first interest payment date, as applicable, following the date on which such liquidated damages begin to accrue, and will accrue at a rate equal to:

     0.25% per annum of the principal amount for the first 90 calendar days following such registration default; and

     0.50% per annum of the principal amount from and after the 91st calendar day following such registration default.

    In no event will liquidated damages accrue after June 27, 2008 or otherwise consolidatedat a rate per year exceeding 0.50%. Liquidated damages will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months.

            If a Noteholder elects to convert some or all of its Notes into common stock when there exists a registration default with respect to the common stock, the Noteholder will not be entitled to receive liquidated damages on such common stock, and we will instead increase the conversion rate by 3% for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes. If a registration default with respect to the common stock occurs after a Noteholder has converted its Notes into common stock, such Noteholder will not be entitled to any compensation with respect to such common stock.

            A Noteholder’s right to liquidated damages or increase in the conversion rate, as the case may be, shall be its sole remedy in the event of a registration default.

            We will give notice to all Noteholders of the filing and effectiveness of this registration statement by issuing a press release through PR Newswire. We have included as Annex A to this prospectus a form of notice and questionnaire to be completed and delivered by a Noteholder interested in selling its registrable securities pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

            In order to be named as a selling securityholder in this prospectus at the time of effectiveness of the registration statement, a Noteholder must complete and deliver the questionnaire, together with any other organizationinformation we may reasonably request, to us on or prior to the tenth business day before the effectiveness of this registration statement. Upon receipt of a completed questionnaire, together with any other information we may reasonably request following the effectiveness, we will, within 15 business days of receipt, or within 15 business days of the end of any period during which we have suspended use of this prospectus, file any amendments to this registration statement or supplements to this prospectus as are necessary and as a result controlpermitted to allow Noteholders to deliver this prospectus to purchasers of us changes or substantially all of our assets are sold or any person or persons acquire 50% or more of our outstanding voting stock,registrable securities, provided that we wouldwill not be obligated to file more than one post-effective amendment in any 60-calendar day period. We will pay the predetermined liquidated damages described above to himthe Noteholder if we fail to make the filing in the time required or, his estateif such filing is a post-effective amendment to this registration statement required to be declared effective under the base salarySecurities Act, if such amendment is not declared effective within 45 calendar days after the date such post-effective amendment is required to be filed. A Noteholder who elects to offer and bonus requiredsell any Notes or shares of common stock issuable upon conversion thereof pursuant to this registration statement will be subject to the employment agreement for three years following such termination. The employment agreement also contains restrictive covenants preventing Mr. Siegel from competing with us duringcivil liability provisions under the term of his employment and for a period of five years thereafter.Securities Act.

            EffectiveIf a Noteholder does not complete and deliver a questionnaire or provide the other information we may request, the Noteholder will not be named as a Selling Securityholder in this prospectus and will not be permitted to sell the Noteholder’s registrable securities pursuant to this registration statement. This summary of July 1, 2005, Ronald Shiftan entered into an employmentthe registration rights agreement with usis not complete. This summary is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the registration rights agreement.

    Rule 144A Information Requirement

            We have agreed that provides that we will employ him as our Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer for a term that commenced on July 1, 2005 and continues until June 30, 2010, and thereafter for additional one year periods unless terminated27, 2008, during any period in which we are not subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, to make available to Noteholders, or beneficial owners of interests therein, or any prospective purchaser of the Notes, the information required by either usRule 144A(d)(4) to be made available in connection with the sale of Notes or Mr. Shiftan as providedbeneficial interests in the agreement.Notes.

    41


    Information Regarding the Trustee

            HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as trustee under the indenture, has been appointed by us as paying agent, conversion agent, registrar and custodian with regard to the Notes. The agreement provides for an initial annual salary of $400,000 with annual increases based on changestrustee and its affiliates provide and may from time to time in the Bureau of Labor Statistics Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers. Commencing with the year ending December 31, 2005, Mr. Shiftan will receive an annual cash bonus equalfuture provide banking and other services to 6% of the annual increaseus in the our income before taxes (excluding items that appear on the audited financial statements as extraordinary items and items that the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, determines are outside of the ordinary course of business) over the prior year. In accordance with the termstheir business. An affiliate of the agreement, the Board of Directors granted to Mr. Shiftan an option to purchase 350,000 shares oftrustee is a lender under our common stock pursuant to our 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan at an exercise price of $24.23 per share. The agreement also provides for certain fringe benefits. The agreement also provides forCredit Facility and therefore received a severance benefit equal to the lesser of (x) his base salary or (y) his salary remaining to the endportion of the term plus his pro-rated bonus if (i) Mr. Shiftan resigns for Good Reason (as defined in the agreement) or (ii) we terminate Mr. Shiftan's employment for any reason other than Disability (as defined in the agreement) or Cause (as defined in the agreement) (such a resignation or termination is referred to in the agreement as an "Involuntary Termination") after July 1, 2006. In the event of Mr. Shiftan's Involuntary Termination before July 1, 2006, he will receive as severance his salary remaining to the endproceeds of the term plus his pro-rated bonus.initial offering.

    Governing Law

            The agreement further provides that ifindenture, the Company undergoes a Change of Control (as defined in the agreement) and (i) Mr. Shiftan's employment is thereafter terminated under circumstances that would constitute an Involuntary Termination or (ii) Mr. Shiftan undergoes an Involuntary Termination and within 90 days we execute a definitive agreement to enter into a transaction the consummation of which would constitute a Change of Control and such transaction is actually consummated, we would be obligated to pay to him or his estate the lesser of (x) 2.99 times the average of his base salary and bonus for the three years immediately preceding the change of control or (y) 1% of the our market capitalization in excess of $220,000,000, up to a maximum payment of $2,500,000. The employment agreement also contains restrictive covenants preventing Mr. Shiftan from competing with us during the term of his employment and for a period of five years thereafter.

            Effective as of July 1, 2003, Evan Miller entered into a new employment agreement with us that provides that we will employ him as an Executive Vice-President and President of Sales for a term that commenced on July 1, 2003 and continuing until July 31, 2006, and thereafter for additional consecutive one year periods unless terminated by either us or Mr. Miller as provided in the agreement. The agreement provides for an initial annual salary of $313,424Notes and the payment of an annual bonus of 2.5% of our net earnings after deducting all federal, stateregistration rights agreement are governed by, and local taxes and all other charges and reserves;provided that Mr. Miller will not receive an annual bonus in any year in which our net earnings after deducting all federal, state and local taxes and all other charges and reserves is less than $5,000,000. The agreement also provides for certain fringe benefits. The employment agreement also (a) provides for a severance benefit equal to his base salary plus his pro-rated bonus if (i) Mr. Miller resigns for Good Cause (as defined in the agreement), (ii) we terminate Mr. Miller's employment without Cause (as defined in the agreement), or (iii) we fail to renew Mr. Miller's



    employment agreement upon the expiration of the term, and (b) contains restrictive covenants preventing Mr. Miller from competing with us during the term of his employment and for a period of at least one year thereafter.

            Effective as of July 1, 2003, Robert Reichenbach entered into a new employment agreement with us that provides that we will employ him as an Executive Vice-President and President of the Cutlery, Bakeware and At-Home Entertaining divisions for a term that commenced on July 1, 2003 and continuing until June 30, 2006, and thereafter for additional consecutive one year periods unless terminated by either us or Mr. Reichenbach as provided in the agreement. The agreement provides for an annual salary of $250,000 in 2003, $300,000 in 2004 and $350,000 in 2005, provided that our Diluted Earnings Per Share in 2004 is greater than it was in 2003. His 2006 base salary shall increase in proportion to the increase, if any, in our Diluted Earnings Per Share for 2005 over 2004 with a limit on the potential salary increase at $50,000. Mr. Reichenbach is also eligible for payment of bonuses pursuant to the agreement. The agreement also provides for certain fringe benefits. The employment agreement also (a) provides for a severance benefit equal to his base salary plus his pro-rated bonus if (i) Mr. Reichenbach resigns for Good Cause (as defined in the agreement), (ii) we terminate Mr. Reichenbach's employment without Cause (as defined in the agreement), or (iii) we fail to renew Mr. Reichenbach's employment agreement upon the expiration of the term, and (b) contains restrictive covenants preventing Mr. Reichenbach from competing with us during the term of his employment and for a period of twelve months thereafter.

            Effective as of July 1, 2003, Larry Sklute entered into an employment agreement with us that provides that we will employ him as President of our Kitchenware division until July 31, 2006 and thereafter for additional consecutive one year periods unless terminated by either us or Mr. Sklute as provided in the agreement. The agreement provides for an initial annual salary of $220,000 and an annual bonus based on performance. The agreement also provides for certain fringe benefits. The employment agreement also (a) provides for a severance benefit equal to his base salary plus his pro-rated bonus if (i) Mr. Sklute resigns for Good Cause (as defined in the agreement), (ii) we terminate Mr. Sklute's employment without Cause (as defined in the agreement), or (iii) we fail to renew Mr. Sklute's employment agreement upon the expiration of the term, and (b) contains restrictive covenants preventing Mr. Sklute from competing with us during the term of his employment and for a period of twelve months thereafter.

            Effective as of July 1, 2003, Craig Phillips entered into an employment agreement with us that provides that we will employ him as Senior Vice-President—Distribution until July 31, 2006 and thereafter for additional consecutive one year periods unless terminated by either us or Mr. Phillips as provided in the agreement. The agreement provides for an annual salary of $220,000 and an annual bonus based on his performance (as measured by a percentage derived from dividing the payroll costs of the distribution and warehouse facilities by the value of the shipments from those facilities, subject to certain limitations more fully described in the agreement). The agreement also provides for certain fringe benefits. The employment agreement also (a) provides for a severance benefit equal to his base salary plus his pro-rated bonus if (i) Mr. Phillips resigns for Good Cause (as defined in the agreement), (ii) we terminate Mr. Phillips's employment without Cause (as defined in the agreement), or (iii) we fail to renew Mr. Phillips's employment agreement upon the expiration of the term, and (b) contains restrictive covenants preventing Mr. Phillips from competing with us during the term of his employment and for a period of two years thereafter.

            Effective as of July 1, 2003, Robert McNally entered into a new employment agreement with us that provides that we will employ him as Vice-President—Finance, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer for a term that commenced on July 1, 2003 and continuing until July 31, 2006, and thereafter for additional consecutive one year periods unless terminated by either us or Mr. McNally as provided in the agreement. The agreement provides for an initial annual salary of $240,000 and payment of bonuses pursuant to the agreement. The agreement also provides for certain fringe benefits. The



    employment agreement also (a) provides for a severance benefit equal to his base salary plus his pro-rated bonus if (i) Mr. McNally resigns for Good Cause (as defined in the agreement), (ii) we terminate Mr. McNally's employment without Cause (as defined in the agreement), or (iii) we fail to renew Mr. McNally's employment agreement upon the expiration of the term, and (b) contains restrictive covenants preventing Mr. McNally from competing with us during the term of his employment and for a period of twelve months thereafter.

            On July 6, 2005, the date of his resignation from employment from us, Bruce Cohen became entitled to receive a severance benefitbe construed in accordance with, the terms of his employment agreement dated effective as of July 1, 2003. The employment agreement provides for a severance benefit of $313,603 payable in 26 installments through July 6, 2006.

    Employee Benefit Plans

            In June 2000, our stockholders approved the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan whereby up to 1,750,000 shares of common stock may be granted in the form of stock options or other equity-based awards to directors, officers, employees, consultants and service providers to us and our affiliates. The plan authorizes our Board of Directors, or a duly appointed committee thereof, to issue incentive stock options as defined in Section 422laws of the Internal Revenue Code, stock-based awards that do not conform to the requirementsState of Section 422 of the Code and other stock-based awards. Options that have been granted under the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan expire over a range of ten years from the date of the grant and vest over a range of up to five years from the date of grant.New York.

            As of September 30, 2005, 965,550 shares were available for grant under our equity based compensation plans. All options granted through September 30, 2005 under the plans have exercise prices equal to the market values of our stock on the dates of grant.

            A summary of our stock option activity and related information for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2005 follows:

     
     2004
     2003
     2002
     
     Options
     Weighted-
    Average
    Exercise Price

     Options
     Weighted-
    Average
    Exercise Price

     Options
     Weighted-
    Average
    Exercise Price

    Balance—Jan. 1, 966,610 $6.98 919,291 $6.98 1,031,830 $6.94
    Grants 49,000  16.68 370,000  7.37 175,000  6.30
    Exercised (217,041) 6.76 (298,232) 6.50 (94,153) 5.00
    Canceled (103,762) 10.60 (24,449) 7.44 (193,386) 7.09
      
        
        
       
    Balance—Dec. 31, 694,807  7.59 966,610  7.27 919,291  6.98
      
        
        
       
     
      
      
      
      
     2005
     
      
      
      
      
     Options
     Weighted-Average
    Exercise Price

    Balance—Jan. 1, 2005 694,807 $7.59
    Grants 12,000  20.90
    Exercised (122,500) 7.18
    Canceled (31,000) 8.25
              
       
    Balance—September 30, 2005 553,307  7.94
              
       

            The following table summarizes information about employees' stock options outstanding at September 30, 2005:

    Exercise Price

     Options
    Outstanding

     Options
    Exercisable

     Weighted-Average
    Remaining
    Contractual Life

     Weighted-Average
    Exercise Price—
    Options Outstanding

     Weighted-Average
    Exercise Price—
    Options Exercisable

    $4.14—$5.51 178,650 178,650 6.52 $5.28 $5.28
    $6.00—$8.55 290,407 202,907 6.05  7.24  7.03
    $8.64—$13.84 49,250 5,500 8.02  13.07  10.50
    $15.60—$22.46 35,000 15,500 9.06  20.60  19.92
      
     
     
     
     
      553,307 402,557 6.57 $7.94 $6.80
      
     
     
     
     

            At December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, there were outstanding exercisable options to purchase 461,932, 669,610 and 789,917 shares of our common stock, respectively, at weighted-average exercise prices per share of $6.79, $6.94 and $7.14, respectively.42




    PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

            The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our outstanding equity securities as of November 7, 2005, by:

      each person known to us who beneficially owns more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;

      each of our directors and the Named Executive Officers;

      all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

      each of our stockholders who is selling shares in this offering.

            Beneficial ownership of shares is determined under rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power.

            The table includes the number of shares underlying options and warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of the date of this offering. Common stock subject to these options or warrants is deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the ownership percentage of the person holding such options or warrants, but is not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the ownership percentage of any other person. The table assumes shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering.

            We and certain of our stockholders have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 375,000 additional shares of common stock, of which the stockholders will provide the initial 142,000 shares and we will provide the balance of up to 233,000 shares.

            Except as otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of capital stock held by them and the address of each officer, director and stockholder listed below is c/o Lifetime Brands, Inc., One Merrick Avenue, Westbury, New York 11590.

     
     Number of Shares
    Beneficially Owned

      
     Percent of Shares
    Beneficially Owned

     
    Name and Address

     Before
    Offering(*)

     After
    Offering(**)

     Number of
    Shares Sold in
    Offering

     Before
    Offering(*)

     After
    Offering(**)

     
    Jeffrey Siegel*** 1,319,024(1)1,319,024(1)0(2)11.82%10.42%
    Milton L. Cohen and Norma M. Cohen****
        133 Everit Avenue
        Hewlett Bay Park, NY 11557
     1,291,234(3)1,126,234(4)165,000 11.53 8.87 
    FMR Corp.
        82 Devonshire Street
        Boston, MA 02109
     1,223,417(5)1,223,417(5)0 10.96 9.66 
    Bruce Cohen
        1 Evans Drive
        Brookville, NY 11545
     1,116,605(6)769,576(7)347,029(8)10.00 6.09 
    Laura Miller****
        1312 Harbor Road
        Hewlett Harbor, NY 11598
     1,084,983(9)707,954(10)377,029(11)9.72 5.60 
    Jodie Glickman****
        1233 Beech Street—Unit 35
        Atlantic Beach, NY 11509
     1,073,651(12)690,651(13)383,000(14)9.62 5.46 
    Craig Phillips**** 952,092(15)802,092(16)150,000 8.51 6.32 
                

    Tracy Wells****
        30 Wedgewood Drive
        Hopkinton, MA 01748
     928,465(17)706,465(18)222,000(19)8.32%5.58%
    Daniel Siegel**** 614,222(20)466,222(21)148,000(22)5.50 3.68 
    Clifford Siegel**** 310,811(23)236,811(24)74,000(25)2.78 1.87 
    Ronald Shiftan 194,360(26)194,360(26)0 1.72 1.51 
    Robert McNally**** 125,218(27)100,218(28)25,000 1.12  
    Larry Sklute**** 85,000(29)68,000(29)17,000   
    Evan Miller 64,783(30)64,783(30)0   
    Robert Reichenbach**** 37,500(31)29,500(32)8,000   
    Howard Bernstein 6,590(33)6,590(33)0   
    Cherrie Nanninga 6,590(34)6,590(34)0   
    William Westerfield 5,590(35)5,590(35)0   
    Sheldon Misher 5,590(35)5,590(35)0   
    Michael Jeary 590 590 0   
    All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (12 persons) 2,802,927(36)2,602,927(37)200,000 24.21%19.94%


    (*)


    Calculated on the basis of 11,160,645 shares of common stock outstanding, except that shares underlying options exercisable within 60 days are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of calculating the beneficial ownership of securities owned by the holder of such options and by the group.

    (**)


    Calculated on the basis of 12,660,645 shares of common stock outstanding, except that shares underlying options exercisable within 60 days are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of calculating the beneficial ownership of securities owned by the holder of such options and by the group.

    (***)


    Will be a selling stockholder only to the extent that the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option.

    (****)


    Denotes a selling stockholder.

    (1)


    Does not include 940,465 shares owned by separate irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Jeffrey Siegel's children, nieces, nephews and grandchildren. Jeffrey Siegel is not a trustee of these trusts and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the trusts. Jeffrey Siegel is the father of Daniel Siegel, Clifford Siegel and Tracy Wells and is a cousin of Craig Phillips.

    (2)


    Does not include up to 130,000 shares that will be sold only if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option.

    (3)


    Consists of (i) 1,251,234 shares directly owned by Milton Cohen and (ii) 40,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days. These shares are owned by Milton Cohen but his wife, Norma Cohen, shares voting and dispositive power over such shares under a general power of attorney granted by Milton Cohen. Does not include (i) 1,344,481 shares owned by separate irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Milton Cohen's children, their spouses, his grandchildren and his great grandchild and (ii) 180,000 shares held by The Milton and Norma Cohen Family Foundation, Inc., of which (a) Milton Cohen, Norma Cohen, Bruce Cohen, Jodie Glickman and Laura Miller are the only directors and (b) Board of Directors' approval is required to dispose of any of the 180,000 shares. Milton Cohen is not a trustee of these trusts and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the trusts. Milton Cohen is the father of Bruce Cohen, Jodie Glickman and Laura Miller, and is the father-in-law of Stuart Glickman (married to Jodie Glickman) and Evan Miller (married to Laura Miller).

    (4)


    Consists of (i) 1,086,234 shares directly owned by Milton Cohen and (ii) 40,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days. These shares are owned by Milton Cohen but his wife, Norma Cohen, shares voting and dispositive power over such shares under a general power of attorney granted by Milton Cohen. Does not include (i) 1,344,481 shares owned by separate irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Milton Cohen's children, their spouses, his grandchildren and his great grandchild and (ii) 180,000 shares held by the Milton and Norma Cohen Family Foundation, Inc., of which (a) Milton Cohen, Norma Cohen, Bruce Cohen, Jodie Glickman and Laura Miller are the only directors and (b) a majority of the directors' approval is required to dispose of any of the 180,000 shares. Milton Cohen is not a trustee of these trusts and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the trusts. Milton Cohen is the father of Bruce Cohen, Jodie Glickman and Laura Miller, and is the father-in-law of Stuart Glickman (married to Jodie Glickman) and Evan Miller (married to Laura Miller).



    (5)


    Based on the Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on October 11, 2005, by Edward C. Johnson III and FMR Corp., as the parent company of Fidelity Management and Research Company ("Fidelity"). Fidelity is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FMR Corp., a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the beneficial owner of 1,159,017 shares of common stock as a result of acting as investment adviser to various investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Fidelity Funds"). Ownership by one of the Fidelity Funds, Fidelity Small Cap Stock Fund, amounted to 1,060,040 shares of common stock. Each of FMR Corp. and Mr. Johnson, through their respective direct or indirect control of the Fidelity Funds, has the sole power to dispose of the 1,159,017 shares. However, neither FMR Corp. nor Mr. Johnson has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the Fidelity Funds which power resides with the Fidelity Funds' boards of trustees. Fidelity Management Trust Company ("FMTC"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of FMR Corp. and a bank as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, is the beneficial owner of 64,400 shares of common stock as a result of its serving as investment manager of the institutional accounts. Each of Mr. Johnson and FMR Corp., through their respective direct or indirect control of FMTC, has sole dispositive power over 64,400 shares of common stock owned by the institutional accounts.

    (6)


    Based on Schedule 13D, dated January 28, 2003, filed with the SEC reporting beneficial ownership of our securities held by Bruce Cohen and subsequent information provided to us. Consists of (i) 263,150 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Bruce Cohen, (ii) 19,768 shares owned directly by Bruce Cohen and (iii) the following shares for which Bruce Cohen disclaims beneficial ownership: (a) 323,788 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Jodie Glickman, for which Bruce Cohen and Laura Miller are co-trustees, (b) 353,635 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Laura Miller, for which Bruce Cohen and Jodie Glickman are co-trustees, and (c) 156,264 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Bruce Cohen's wife and children, for which Bruce Cohen is the sole trustee. Does not include 180,000 shares held by The Milton and Norma Cohen Family Foundation, Inc., of which (a) Milton Cohen, Norma Cohen, Bruce Cohen, Jodie Glickman and Laura Miller are the only directors and (b) Board of Directors' approval is required to dispose of any of the 180,000 shares.

    (7)


    Consists of (i) 263,150 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Bruce Cohen, (ii) 19,768 shares owned directly by Bruce Cohen and (iii) the following shares for which Bruce Cohen disclaims beneficial ownership: (a) 165,759 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Jodie Glickman, for which Bruce Cohen and Laura Miller are co-trustees, (b) 164,635 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Laura Miller, for which Bruce Cohen and Jodie Glickman are co-trustees, and (c) 156,264 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Bruce Cohen's wife and children, for which Bruce Cohen is the sole trustee. Does not include 180,000 shares held by The Milton and Norma Cohen Family Foundation, Inc., of which (a) Milton Cohen, Norma Cohen, Bruce Cohen, Jodie Glickman and Laura Miller are the only directors and (b) Board of Directors' approval is required to dispose of any of the 180,000 shares.

    (8)


    Consists of (i) 158,029 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Jodie Glickman, for which Bruce Cohen and Laura Miller are the co-trustees and (ii) 189,000 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Laura Miller, for which Bruce Cohen and Jodie Glickman are the co-trustees. Does not include up to 6,000 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Jodie Glickman, for which Bruce Cohen and Laura Miller are the co-trustees and up to 6,000 shares held in irrevocable trust for the benefit of Laura Miller, for which Bruce Cohen and Jodie Glickman are the co-trustees, in each case which will be sold only if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option.

    (9)


    Based on Schedule 13D, dated January 28, 2003, filed with the SEC reporting beneficial ownership of our securities held by Laura Miller and subsequent information provided to us. Consists of (i) 353,635 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Laura Miller and (ii) the following shares, for which Laura Miller disclaims beneficial ownership: (a) 263,150 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Bruce Cohen, for which Laura Miller and Jodie Glickman are co-trustees, (b) 323,788 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Jodie Glickman, for which Bruce Cohen and Laura Miller are co-trustees, and (c) 144,410 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Laura Miller's husband, Evan Miller (not including 25,000 shares issuable to Evan Miller upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days and 100 shares owned directly by Evan Miller) and children, for which Laura Miller is the sole trustee. Does not include 180,000 shares held by The Milton and Norma Cohen Family Foundation, Inc., of which (a) Milton Cohen, Norma Cohen, Bruce Cohen, Jodie Glickman and Laura Miller are the only directors and (b) Board of Directors' of approval is required to dispose of any of the 180,000 shares.

    (10)


    Consists of (i) 164,635 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Laura Miller and (ii) the following shares, for which Laura Miller disclaims beneficial ownership: (a) 263,150 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Bruce Cohen, for which Laura Miller and Jodie Glickman are co-trustees, (b) 165,759 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Jodie Glickman, for which Bruce Cohen and Laura Miller are co-trustees, and (c) 114,410 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Laura Miller's husband, Evan Miller (not including 25,000 shares issuable to Evan Miller upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days and 100 shares owned directly by Evan Miller) and children, for which Laura Miller is the sole trustee. Does not include 180,000 shares held by The Milton and Norma Cohen Family Foundation, Inc., of which (a) Milton Cohen, Norma Cohen, Bruce Cohen, Jodie Glickman and Laura Miller are the only directors and (b) Board of Directors' approval is required to dispose of any of the 180,000 shares.


    (11)


    Consists of (i) 189,000 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Laura Miller, (ii) 30,000 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Laura Miller's children, for which Laura Miller is the sole trustee and (iii) 158,029 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Jodie Glickman, for which Bruce Cohen and Laura Miller are the co-trustees. Does not include up to 6,000 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Jodie Glickman, for which Bruce Cohen and Laura Miller are the co-trustees and up to 6,000 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Laura Miller, in each case which will be sold only if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option.

    (12)


    Based on Schedule 13D, dated January 28, 2003, filed with the SEC reporting beneficial ownership of our securities held by Jodie Glickman and subsequent information provided to us. Consists of (i) 323,788 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Jodie Glickman, (ii) 29,844 shares owned directly by Jodie Glickman and (iii) the following shares, for which Jodie Glickman disclaims beneficial ownership: (a) 263,150 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Bruce Cohen, for which Jodie Glickman and Laura Miller are co-trustees, (b) 353,635 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Laura Miller, for which Jodie Glickman and Bruce Cohen are co-trustees, and (c) 103,234 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Jodie Glickman's husband, children and grandchild, for which Jodie Glickman is the sole trustee. Does not include 180,000 shares held by The Milton and Norma Cohen Family Foundation, Inc., of which (a) Milton Cohen, Norma Cohen, Bruce Cohen, Jodie Glickman and Laura Miller are the only directors and (b) Board of Directors' approval is required to dispose of any of the 180,000 shares.

    (13)


    Consists of (i) 165,759 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Jodie Glickman, (ii) 29,844 shares owned directly by Jodie Glickman and (iii) the following shares, for which Jodie Glickman disclaims beneficial ownership: (a) 263,150 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Bruce Cohen, for which Jodie Glickman and Laura Miller are co-trustees, (b) 164,635 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Laura Miller, for which Jodie Glickman and Bruce Cohen are co-trustees, and (c) 67,263 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Jodie Glickman's husband, daughter and grandchild, for which Jodie Glickman is the sole trustee. Does not include 180,000 shares held by The Milton and Norma Cohen Family Foundation, Inc., of which (a) Milton Cohen, Norma Cohen, Bruce Cohen, Jodie Glickman and Laura Miller are the only directors and (b) Board of Directors' approval is required to dispose of any of the 180,000 shares.

    (14)


    Consists of (i) 158,029 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Jodie Glickman, (ii) 189,000 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Laura Miller, for which Jodie Glickman and Bruce Cohen are the co-trustees and (iii) 35,971 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Jodie Glickman's daughter, Heather Wit, for which Jodie Glickman is the sole trustee. Does not include up to 6,000 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Jodie Glickman and up to 6,000 shares held in irrevocable trusts for the benefit of Laura Miller, for which Bruce Cohen and Jodie Glickman are co-trustees, in each case which will be sold only if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option.

    (15)


    Consists of (i) 898,614 shares owned directly by Craig Phillips, (ii) 28,278 shares held by an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Craig Phillips and (iii) 25,200 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 18,750 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are not exercisable within 60 days.

    (16)


    Consists of (i) 748,614 shares owned directly by Craig Phillips, (ii) 28,278 shares held by an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Craig Phillips and (iii) 25,200 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 18,750 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are not exercisable within 60 days.

    (17)


    Based on Schedule 13G, dated July 24, 2002, filed with the SEC reporting beneficial ownership of our securities held by Tracy Wells as of December 31, 2002 and subsequent information provided to us. Consists of 299,111 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Tracy Wells and (ii) the following shares, for which Tracy Wells disclaims beneficial ownership: (a) 309,111 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Daniel Siegel, for which Tracy Wells and Daniel Siegel are co-trustees, (b) 309,111 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Clifford Siegel, for which Tracy Wells and Clifford Siegel are co-trustees, and (c) 11,132 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Ms. Sarah Francis Young, for which Tracy Wells is the sole trustee.

    (18)


    Based on Schedule 13G, dated July 24, 2002, filed with the SEC reporting beneficial ownership of our securities held by Tracy Wells as of December 31, 2002 and subsequent information provided to us. Consists of (i) 225,111 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Tracy Wells and (ii) the following shares, for which Tracy Wells disclaims beneficial ownership: (a) 235,111 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Daniel Siegel, for which Tracy Wells and Daniel Siegel are co-trustees, (b) 235,111 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Clifford Siegel, for which Tracy Wells and Clifford Siegel are co-trustees, and (c) 11,132 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Ms. Sarah Francis Young, for which Tracy Wells is the sole trustee.

    (19)


    Consists of (i) 74,000 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Tracy Wells and (ii) the following shares, for which Tracy Wells disclaims beneficial ownership: (a) 74,000 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Daniel Siegel, for which Tracy Wells and Daniel Siegel are co-trustees and (b) 74,000 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Clifford Siegel, for which Tracy Wells and Clifford Siegel are co-trustees.



    (20)


    Based on Schedule 13G, dated July 24, 2002, filed with the SEC reporting beneficial ownership of our securities held by Daniel Siegel as of December 31, 2002 and subsequent information provided to us. Consists of (i) 309,111 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Daniel Siegel and (ii) the following shares, for which Daniel Siegel disclaims beneficial ownership: (a) 299,111 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Tracy Wells, for which Daniel Siegel and Tracy Wells are co-trustees and (b) a total of 6,000 shares held in two irrevocable trusts for the benefit of his nieces, for which Daniel Siegel is the sole trustee.

    (21)


    Based on Schedule 13G, dated July 24, 2002, filed with the SEC reporting beneficial ownership of our securities held by Daniel Siegel as of December 31, 2002 and subsequent information provided to us. Consists of (i) 235,111 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Daniel Siegel and (ii) the following shares, for which Daniel Siegel disclaims beneficial ownership: (a) 225,111 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Tracy Wells, for which Daniel Siegel and Tracy Wells are co-trustees and (b) a total of 6,000 shares held in two irrevocable trusts for the benefit of his nieces, for which Daniel Siegel is the sole trustee.

    (22)


    Consists of (i) 74,000 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Daniel Siegel and (ii) 74,000 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Tracy Wells, for which Daniel Siegel and Tracy Wells are co-trustees.

    (23)


    Consists of (i) 309,111 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Clifford Siegel, for which Clifford Siegel and Tracy Wells are the co-trustees and (ii) 1,700 shares owned directly by Clifford Siegel.

    (24)


    Consists of (i) 235,111 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Clifford Siegel, for which Tracy Wells and Clifford Siegel are co-trustees and (ii) 1,700 shares owned directly by Clifford Siegel.

    (25)


    Consists of 74,000 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Clifford Siegel, for which Clifford Siegel and Tracy Wells are the co-trustees.

    (26)


    Includes 168,515 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 262,485 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options which are not exercisable within 60 days.

    (27)


    Consists of (i) 59,157 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days and (ii) 66,061 shares owned directly by Robert McNally.

    (28)


    Consists of (i) 59,157 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days and (ii) 41,061 shares owned directly by Robert McNally.

    (29)


    Consists of shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days.

    (30)


    Consists of (i) 100 shares owned directly by Evan Miller, (ii) 25,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days and (iii) 39,683 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Evan Miller, for which Laura Miller is the sole trustee. Does not include 25,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options which are not exercisable within 60 days.

    (31)


    Consists of 37,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 37,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options which are not exercisable within 60 days.

    (32)


    Consists of 29,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 37,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options which are not exercisable within 60 days.

    (33)


    Includes 1,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are issuable within 60 days.

    (34)


    Includes of 6,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days.

    (35)


    Includes of 5,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days.

    (36)


    Includes 417,372 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 343,735 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are not exercisable within 60 days.

    (37)


    Includes 392,372 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 343,735 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are not exercisable within 60 days.

    (†)


    Less than 1% of outstanding shares.

            To our knowledge, no arrangement exists which might result in a change of control of us.

            According to Schedule 13D filed on January 28, 2003, Bruce Cohen, Jodie Glickman and Laura Miller have an oral agreement of no specific duration whereby the shares of our common stock controlled by any of them would be voted together in a bloc. There are no voting trustees under that agreement.



    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

            On April 6, 1984, pursuant to our 1984 Stock Option Plan, which has since been terminated, we issued options to Messrs. Milton L. Cohen, Jeffrey Siegel and Craig Phillips, then our officers and directors. On December 17, 1985, these individuals exercised their options and the following table reflects the respective numbers of shares issued, the aggregate purchase price, average price per share and method of payment.

     
     Number of
    Shares of
    Common Stock
    Issued

      
      
     Method of Payment
    Name

     Aggregate
    Purchase
    Price

     Average
    Price per
    Share

     Cash
     Notes
    Milton L. Cohen 1,713,204 $469,120 $0.27 $46,912 $422,208
    Jeffrey Siegel 1,390,860  382,720  0.27  38,272  344,448
    Craig Phillips 519,334  149,120  0.27  14,912  134,208
      
     
        
     
    Total 3,623,398 $1,000,960    $100,096 $900,864
      
     
        
     

            The promissory notes issued by Messrs. Cohen, Siegel and Phillips all bear interest at the rate of 9% per annum, are secured by the individuals' respective shares and were originally due and payable on December 17, 1995. From time to time the due dates of the notes have been extended and, in December 2000, we extended the due dates of each of the notes to December 31, 2005. The interest has been paid each year when due.

            As of April 6, 2001, the promissory note issued by Mr. Cohen was canceled and replaced by a new promissory note in the principal amount of $855,777 (representing the principal amount of $422,208 of the promissory note referred to above and $433,569 of other amounts owed by Mr. Cohen to us) bearing interest at the rate of 4.85% per annum, payable in 20 equal quarterly installments (principal and interest combined) of $48,404 on the last day of June, September, December and March of each year commencing June 30, 2001. As of December 31, 2004, Mr. Cohen owed $141,762 on the promissory note.

            Mr. Cohen entered into a consulting agreement with us, dated as of April 6, 2001, pursuant to which we retained Mr. Cohen as a consultant to us for a period of 5 years. Pursuant to this consulting agreement, we pay to Mr. Cohen a fee of $440,800 per year, payable in equal monthly installments of $36,733.33. Pursuant to the terms of this consulting agreement, we granted to Mr. Cohen an option to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock, effective April 6, 2001. The consulting agreement also contains restrictive covenants preventing Mr. Cohen from competing with us during the term of the agreement and for a period of five years thereafter.

            Mr. Siegel, our Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President, had an outstanding loan, due to overadvances of bonuses in years 1999 and 2000. The outstanding loan balance of $94,054 at December 31, 2002 was fully repaid by Mr. Siegel during 2003.

            On October 1, 2002, we entered into a consulting agreement with Ronald Shiftan, one of our directors. The term of the consulting agreement was one year, which automatically renews for additional one-year periods unless either party terminates this consulting agreement by providing written notice of such termination to the other party at least thirty days prior to the expiration of the initial or additional term then in effect. Compensation is paid to Mr. Shiftan under this consulting agreement at a rate of $30,000 per month. In April 2005, we awarded Mr. Shiftan a bonus of $100,000 for his work as a consultant during 2004. Effective November 2004, with Mr. Shiftan becoming our Vice Chairman, the consulting agreement was terminated.



            Certain relatives of Jeffrey Siegel, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President and the beneficial owner of 11.9% of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock, are employed by us or are retained by us to render services on behalf of us.

            Craig Philips, a cousin of Jeffrey Siegel, is employed by us as Senior Vice-President—Distribution and Secretary and is one of our Directors. His compensation is discussed under "Management and Directors"—"Employment Arrangements, Termination of Employment Arrangements and Change in Control Arrangements" above.

            Evan Miller, a son-in-law of Milton Cohen, is employed by us as President of Sales and Executive Vice President. His compensation is discussed under "Management and Directors"—"Executive Compensation" and —"Employment Arrangements, Termination of Employment Arrangements and Change in Control Arrangements" above.

            Daniel Siegel, a son of Jeffrey Siegel, is employed by us as a Senior Vice-President—Sales. His total compensation in 2004 was $433,307.

            James Wells, a son-in-law of Jeffrey Siegel and the husband of Tracy Wells, is employed by us as a Senior Vice-President—Sales. His total compensation in 2004 was $324,133.

            Stuart Glickman, a son-in-law of Milton Cohen, is employed by us as Vice President—National Sales Manager. His total compensation in 2004 was $294,087.

            Clifford Siegel, a son of Jeffrey Siegel, is employed by us as Vice-President—Inventory Forecasting & Replenishment. His total compensation in 2004 was $165,000.

            Scott Wit, a son-in-law of Jodie Glickman, is employed by us as a Regional Sales Manager. His total compensation in 2004 was $84,500.

            Tracy Wells, a daughter of Jeffrey Siegel and the wife of James Wells, from time-to-time provides legal services to our Outlet Stores division. She was paid a total of $44,980 in legal fees during 2004.


    DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    General

            Our certificate of incorporation authorizes 25,000,000 shares of common stock, $.01$0.01 par value, 100 shares of Series A preferred stock and 2,000,000 shares of Series BSeriesB preferred stock. The following description of capital stock is subject to and qualified by our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are incorporated by reference to the registration statement of which this prospectus formsis a part, and by the provisions of applicable Delaware law.

    Common Stock

            As of September 30, 2005 we had 11,160,645 shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

            The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. The holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends that may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock then outstanding. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon the closing of this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable.



    Preferred Stock

            As of September 30, 2005 we had no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

            Dividend Rights.    The holders of Series A preferred stock will be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the board of directors and out of our assets which are legally available for the payment of dividends, cumulative preferential cash dividends in the amount of $700 per annum for each share of Series A preferred stock held, payable quarterly. Whenever dividends upon the issued and outstanding Series A preferred stock have been paid in full, the board of directors may declare cash dividends on the shares of Series B preferred stock at a rate to be established by the board of directors. Whenever dividends upon the issued and outstanding Series B preferred stock have been paid in full, the board of directors may declare cash dividends on the issued and outstanding shares of common stock. Our ability to pay dividends is restricted by the Credit Facility.

            Redemption Rights.    We may, at any time and from time to time, redeem all or part of any issued and outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock for a redemption price of $10,000 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon and/or redeem all or any part of the issued and outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock for a redemption price equal to the par value of such shares plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. We will be under an obligation to redeem all shares of Series A preferred stock on the eighth anniversary of the date of the original issuance of such shares.

            Liquidation and Dissolution Rights.    In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, each issued and outstanding share of Series A preferred stock shall entitle its holder to payment at the rate of $10,000 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the Series A preferential amount, each issued and outstanding share of Series B preferred stock shall entitle its holder to payment at the rate of the par value per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. Thereafter, the remaining assets, if any, shall be distributed to the holders of common stock, ratably.

            Voting Rights.    Except as any provision of law may otherwise require, no Series A or Series B preferred share shall entitle the holder thereof to any voting power.

    Anti-Takeover Provisions

            Provisions of Delaware law could make the acquisition of our company through a tender offer, a proxy contest or other means more difficult and could make the removal of incumbent officers and directors more difficult. We expect these provisions to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits provided by our ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals. We believe the negotiation of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal could result in an improvement of its terms.

            Effects of Some Provisions of Delaware Law.    We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

      prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

      the stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (a) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and (b) shares

        owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

      on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

            Generally, a "business combination" for these purposes includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An "interested stockholder" for these purposes is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation's outstanding voting securities. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

    Transfer Agent and Registrar

            The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is The Bank of New York Shareholder Relations, located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, NY 10286.


    SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

            Upon the closing of this offering, 12,660,645 shares of our common stock will be outstanding, based on the number of shares outstanding on September 30, 2005. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act except for any shares purchased by our affiliates as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. 2,385,555 shares of common stock held by existing stockholders as of September 30, 2005 are restricted shares as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, but may be sold if they qualify for an exemption from registration, such as the exemption provided under Rule 144 under the Securities Act summarized below.

    Rule 144

            Sales by Affiliates.    After the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below under "Underwriting," the holders of 2,385,555 shares of our common stock will be eligible to sell their shares under Rule 144. As a result, under Rule 144, each of our affiliates will be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

      one percent of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 126,606 shares immediately after the offering; or

      the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed.

            Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

            Sales by Non-affiliates.    Subject to the lock-up agreements described below, Rule 144(k) is available immediately upon effectiveness of the offering for any person, other than a person deemed to have been an affiliate of our company at any time during the three months preceding a sale, who is selling shares that have a Rule 144 holding period that exceeds two years. As of September 30, 2005, all of the restricted shares held by non-affiliates have a Rule 144 holding period that exceeds two years. As a result, our non-affiliates may sell these shares under Rule 144(k) without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.



    MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX
    CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

            The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our common stock acquired pursuant to this prospectus by a beneficial owner that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a "non-U.S. holder" as we define that term below. We assume in this discussion that non-U.S. holders will hold our common stock as a capital asset, which generally is property held for investment. As used in this discussion, the term "non-U.S. holder" means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

      an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;

      a corporation, including any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

      an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

      a trust, in general, if (i) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996, was treated as a U.S. person prior to such date, and validly elected to continue to be so treated.

            This discussion does not consider U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax consequences, and it does not consider all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be important to particular non-U.S. holders in light of their individual circumstances, such as special rules that may apply to a non-U.S. holder that is a dealer in securities or foreign currencies, financial institution, bank, insurance company, tax-exempt organization or former citizen or former long-term resident of the United States, or that holds our common stock as part of a "straddle," "hedge," "conversion transaction," "synthetic security," or other integrated investment or is subject to the constructive sale rules. We also do not discuss the federal tax treatment of beneficial owners that are partnerships or other entities treated as partnerships or flow-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or investors in such entities.

            If a partnership is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A beneficial owner of our common stock that is a partnership and partners in such a partnership should consult their tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning, and disposing of our common stock.

            The following discussion is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the "Code," applicable U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. All of these authorities are subject to change, retroactively or prospectively.We advise each prospective investor to consult its own tax advisor regarding the federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences applicable to such investor with respect to acquiring, owning, and disposing of our common stock.

    Distributions on Common Stock

            If we make cash distributions on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces the non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the common stock and will be treated as described under "—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock" below.



            Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 30 percent, or if a tax treaty applies, a lower rate specified by the treaty. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisers regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

            Dividends that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States, are taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in much the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person. In such cases, we will not have to withhold U.S. federal income tax if the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. In addition, if the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, a "branch profits tax" may be imposed at a 30 percent rate (or lower applicable treaty rate).

            To claim the benefit of a tax treaty or an exemption from withholding because the income is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, a non-U.S. holder must provide a properly executed Internal Revenue Service, or "IRS", Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI (as applicable) before the payment of dividends. These forms must be periodically updated. Non-U.S. holders may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS.

    Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

            A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or any withholding thereof with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless one of the following applies:

      the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the non-U.S. holder will generally be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates and in much the same manner applicable to U.S. persons and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the "branch profits tax" described above may also apply;

      the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and meets certain other requirements; in this case, the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or a reduced rate under an applicable treaty) on the amount by which capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources; or

      our common stock constitutes a "United States real property interest" by reason of our status as a "United States real property holding corporation," or a "USRPHC," for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the 5-year period ending on the date the non-U.S. holder disposes of our common stock or the period the non-U.S. holder held our common stock (the "applicable period"). The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our United States real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets. We believe that we have not, within the past 5 years, been and are currently not a USRPHC. However, there is no assurance that our determination is correct or that we will not become a USRPHC in the future as a result of a change in our assets or operations.

            Even if we were, are or later become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is "regularly traded on an established securities market" within the meaning of Section 897(c)(3) of the Code, such common stock will be treated as a United States real property interest only if the non-U.S. holder owned directly or indirectly more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period. We believe that our common stock will be "regularly traded on an established



    securities market." If we were, are or were to become a USRPHC, and a non-U.S. holder owned directly or indirectly more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the applicable period or our common stock were not considered to be "regularly traded on an established securities market," then any gain recognized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale or other disposition of our common stock would be treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business and would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates and in much the same manner as applicable to U.S. persons. In such a case, the non-U.S. holder could also be subject to certain withholding taxes imposed on the gross proceeds realized with respect to the sale or other disposition of our common stock.

    Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

            We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to that holder and the tax withheld from those dividends. These reporting requirements apply regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of the information returns reporting those dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder is a resident under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

            Under some circumstances, U.S. Treasury regulations require additional information reporting and backup withholding on dividend payments on common stock. The gross amount of dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that fails to certify its non-U.S. holder status in accordance with applicable U.S. Treasury regulations generally will be subject to backup withholding at the applicable rate, currently 28%.

            The payment of the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of common stock (including a redemption) by a non-U.S. holder through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, generally will be reported to the IRS and subject to backup withholding, unless the non-U.S. holder either certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption. The payment of the proceeds of the disposition of common stock by a non-U.S. holder through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker will not be subject to backup withholding or reported to the IRS, unless the non-U.S. broker has certain enumerated connections with the United States. In general, the payment of proceeds from the disposition of common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or has certain enumerated connections with the United States will be reported to the IRS (but will not be subject to backup withholding), unless the broker receives a statement from the non-U.S. holder that certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder under penalties of perjury or the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the holder is a non-U.S. holder.

            Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner. These backup withholding and information reporting rules are complex and non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their own advisors regarding the application of these rules to them.

    Estate Tax

            Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States, as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, at the time of death will be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.



    UNDERWRITING

            Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Adams Harkness, Inc. are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of shares set forth opposite the underwriter's name.

    Underwriter

    Number
    of Shares

    Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
    Adams Harkness, Inc.

    Total2,500,000

            The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the shares.

            The underwriters propose to offer some of the shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the shares to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed $            per share. The underwriters may allow, and dealers may reallow, a concession not to exceed $            per share on sales to other dealers. If all of the shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the representatives may change the public offering price and the other selling terms.

            We and certain of our stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 375,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. Such selling stockholders will provide the initial 142,000 shares under the option and we will provide the balance of up to 233,000 shares. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter's initial purchase commitment.

            We, our executive officers and directors, and the selling stockholders, have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, and in limited cases, 90 days from the date of this prospectus we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. Citigroup in its sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.

            Each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that:

      it has not offered or sold and, prior to the expiry of a period of six months from the closing date, will not offer or sell any shares included in this offering to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995;

      it has only communicated and caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 ("FSMA")) received by it

        in connection with the issue or sale of any shares included in this offering in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us;

      it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares included in this offering in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and

      the offer in The Netherlands of the shares included in this offering is exclusively limited to persons who trade or invest in securities in the conduct of a profession or business (which include banks, stockbrokers, insurance companies, pension funds, other institutional investors and finance companies and treasury departments of large enterprises).

            In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area ("EEA") which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each of which we refer to as a Relevant Member State, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, which date we refer to as the Relevant Implementation Date, no offer of shares of our common stock to the public in that Relevant Member State may be made prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to our common shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of our common shares may be made to the public in the Relevant Member State at any time:

      to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

      to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

      in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

    For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any common shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the common shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

            Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the securities described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or by the competent authority of another member state of the EEA and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the securities has been or will be

      released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France or

      used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the securities to the public in France.

    Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:



      to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d'investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with, Article L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the FrenchCode monétaire et financier or

      to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties or

      in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the FrenchCode monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l'épargne).

            The securities may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the FrenchCode monétaire et financier.

            The common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "LCUT."

            The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling stockholders are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of common stock.


    Paid by
    Lifetime Brands, Inc.

    Paid by
    Selling Stockholders


    No Exercise
    Full Exercise
    No Exercise
    Full Exercise
    Per Share$$$$
    Total$$$$

            In connection with the offering, Citigroup on behalf of the underwriters, may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of our common stock in excess of the number of shares to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. "Covered" short sales are sales of shares made in an amount up to the number of shares represented by the underwriters' over-allotment option. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short position involve either purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also make "naked" short sales of shares in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of the common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of shares in the open market while the offering is in progress.

            The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when Citigroup repurchases shares originally sold by that syndicate member in order to cover syndicate short positions or make stabilizing purchases.

            Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. They may also cause the price of the common stock to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq National Market or in the over-the-counter market, or



    otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

            In addition, in connection with this offering, some of the underwriters (and selling group members) may engage in passive market making transactions in the common stock on the Nasdaq National Market, prior to the pricing and completion of this offering. Passive market making consists of displaying bids on the Nasdaq National Market no higher than the bid prices of independent market makers and making purchases at prices no higher than those independent bids and effected in response to order flow. Net purchases by a passive market maker on each day are limited to a specified percentage of the passive market maker's average daily trading volume in our common stock during a specified period and must be discontinued when that limit is reached. Passive market making may cause the price of the common stock to be higher than the price that otherwise would exist in the open market in the absence of those transactions. If the underwriters commence passive market making transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

            We estimate that the total expenses of this offering will be $                  .

            The underwriters have performed investment banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which they have received customary fees and expenses. The underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business. An affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is a lender under the Credit Facility, and therefore will receive a portion of the proceeds of this offering.

            A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will allocate shares to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell shares to online brokerage account holders.

            We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.


    VALIDITY OF SECURITIES

            The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon by Troutman Sanders LLP, New York, New York, and Cahill Gordon & ReindelLLP, New York, New York will pass upon certain matters for the underwriters.


    EXPERTS

            The consolidated financial statements of Lifetime Brands, Inc., formerly known as Lifetime Hoan Corporation, at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

            With respect to the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial information of Lifetime Brands, Inc. for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004, appearing in this Prospectus, Ernst & Young LLP reported that they have applied limited procedures in accordance with professional standards for a review of such information. However, their separate report dated November 1, 2005, included in Lifetime Brands, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005, and appearing herein, states that they did not



    audit and they do not express an opinion on that interim financial information. Accordingly, the degree of reliance on their report on such financial information should be restricted in light of the limited nature of the review procedures applied. Ernst & Young LLP is not subject to the liability provisions of Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") for their report on the unaudited interim financial information because that report is not a "report" or a "part" of the Registration Statement prepared or certified by Ernst & Young LLP within the meaning of Sections 7 and 11 of the Act.

            The consolidated financial statements of The Pfaltzgraff Co. and subsidiaries, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Susquehanna Pfaltzgraff Co., as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholder's equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, incorporated by reference to this Prospectus and Registration Statement, have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon incorporated by reference, and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


    INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

            The SEC allows us to "incorporate by reference" the information we file with it, which means that we can disclose important business and financial information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus, and the information that we file with the SEC later will automatically update and supersede this information. We incorporate by reference the documents listed below, any filings that we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this prospectus and any such additional filings we make after the date of the initial filing of the registration statement (SEC File No. 333-129345) of which this prospectus is a part and prior to the effective date of such registration statement:

      Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004;

      Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2005;

      Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2005;

      Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2005;

      Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 22, 2005;

      Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 5, 2005;

      Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 10, 2005;

      Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 24, 2005;

      Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 7, 2005;

      Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 15, 2005;

      Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 3, 2005;

      Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on September 21, 2005;

      Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 20, 2005; and

      Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 3, 2005.

              This prospectus incorporates important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with this prospectus. You may request a copy of this information and any of the filings identified above, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at:

      Lifetime Brands, Inc.
      One Merrick Avenue
      Westbury, New York 11590
      Attn: Investor Relations
      (516) 683-6000


      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

              We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered hereby, you should refer to the registration statement and to the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. In addition, we have filed periodic reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in our periodic filings. A copy of this registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of all or any portion of the registration statement and the filings may be obtained from such office upon payment of prescribed fees. The public may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at l-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website atwww.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.



      LIFETIME BRANDS, INC.

      INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

      Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmF-2

      Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003


      F-3

      Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002


      F-4

      Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002


      F-5

      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002


      F-6

      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


      F-7

      Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


      F-21

      Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2005 and December 31, 2004


      F-22

      Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004


      F-23

      Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004


      F-24

      Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements


      F-25


      Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

      To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
      Lifetime Hoan Corporation

              We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lifetime Hoan Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

              We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

              In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Lifetime Hoan Corporation at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

                            Ernst & Young LLP

      Melville, New York
      March 11, 2005



      LIFETIME HOAN CORPORATION

      CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
      (in thousands, except share data)

       
       December 31,
       
       
       2004
       2003
       
      ASSETS       
      CURRENT ASSETS       
       Cash and cash equivalents $1,741 $1,175 
       Accounts receivable, less allowances of $3,477 in 2004 and $3,349 in 2003  34,083  31,977 
       Merchandise inventories  58,934  49,294 
       Prepaid expenses  1,998  2,129 
       Deferred Income Taxes  4,303  2,242 
       Other current assets  2,366  1,711 
        
       
       
        TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS  103,425  88,528 

      PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net

       

       

      20,003

       

       

      20,563

       
      GOODWILL  16,200  16,145 
      OTHER INTANGIBLES, net  15,284  9,530 
      OTHER ASSETS  2,305  2,214 
        
       
       
         TOTAL ASSETS $157,217 $136,980 
        
       
       

      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
      CURRENT LIABILITIES       
       Short-term borrowings $19,400 $16,800 
       Accounts payable and trade acceptances  7,892  8,405 
       Accrued expenses  20,145  17,156 
       Income taxes payable  5,476  4,613 
        
       
       
        TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES  52,913  46,974 

      DEFERRED RENT & OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

       

       

      2,072

       

       

      1,593

       
      DEFERRED INCOME TAX LIABILITIES  4,294  2,332 
      LONG-TERM DEBT  5,000   

      STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
       Common stock, $.01 par value, shares authorized: 25,000,000; shares issued and outstanding: 11,050,349 in 2004 and 10,842,540 in 2003  111  109 
       Paid-in capital  65,229  63,409 
       Retained earnings  28,077  23,042 
       Notes receivable for shares issued to stockholders  (479) (479)
        
       
       
        TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  92,938  86,081 
        
       
       
         TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY $157,217 $136,980 
        
       
       

      See notes to consolidated financial statements.



      LIFETIME HOAN CORPORATION

      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
      (in thousands—except per share data)

       
       Year Ended December 31,
       
       
       2004
       2003
       2002
       
      Net Sales $189,458 $160,355 $131,219 

      Cost of Sales

       

       

      111,497

       

       

      92,918

       

       

      73,145

       
      Distribution Expenses  22,830  21,030  22,255 
      Selling, General and Administrative Expenses  40,282  31,762  28,923 
        
       
       
       

      Income from Operations

       

       

      14,849

       

       

      14,645

       

       

      6,896

       
      Interest Expense  835  724  1,004 
      Other Income, net  (60) (68) (66)
        
       
       
       

      Income Before Income Taxes

       

       

      14,074

       

       

      13,989

       

       

      5,958

       

      Income Taxes

       

       

      5,602

       

       

      5,574

       

       

      2,407

       
        
       
       
       

      Income from Continuing Operations

       

       

      8,472

       

       

      8,415

       

       

      3,551

       
        
       
       
       

      Discontinued Operations:

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
       Loss from Operations, net of tax      (495)
       
      Loss on Disposal, net of income tax benefit of $225

       

       


       

       


       

       

      (811

      )
        
       
       
       

      Total Loss from Discontinued Operations

       

       


       

       


       

       

      (1,306

      )
        
       
       
       

      NET INCOME

       

      $

      8,472

       

      $

      8,415

       

      $

      2,245

       
        
       
       
       

      BASIC INCOME PER COMMON SHARE FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

       

      $

      0.77

       

      $

      0.79

       

      $

      0.34

       

      DILUTED INCOME PER COMMON SHARE FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

       

      $

      0.75

       

      $

      0.78

       

      $

      0.34

       

      LOSS PER COMMON SHARE FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

       

       


       

       


       

      $

      (0.13

      )
        
       
       
       

      BASIC INCOME PER COMMON SHARE

       

      $

      0.77

       

      $

      0.79

       

      $

      0.21

       
        
       
       
       

      DILUTED INCOME PER COMMON SHARE

       

      $

      0.75

       

      $

      0.78

       

      $

      0.21

       
        
       
       
       

      See notes to consolidated financial statements.



      LIFETIME HOAN CORPORATION

      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
      (in thousands)

       
       Common Stock
        
        
       Notes
      Receivable
      from
      Stockholders

       Accumulated
      Other
      Comprehensive
      Income (Loss)

        
        
       
       Paid-in
      Capital

       Retained
      Earnings

        
       Comprehensive
      Income

       
       Shares
       Amount
       Total
      Balance at December 31, 2001 10,491 $105 $61,087 $17,660 $(486)$(305)$78,061   

      Net income for 2002

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

      2,245

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

      2,245

       

      $

      2,245
      Exercise of stock options 70  1  318           319   
      Repayment of notes receivable             7     7   
      Foreign currency translation adjustment                305  305  305
                            
      Comprehensive income                     $2,550
                            
      Cash dividends          (2,628)       (2,628)  
        
       
       
       
       
       
       
         
      Balance at December 31, 2002 10,561  106  61,405  17,277  (479)   78,309   

      Net income for 2003

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

      8,415

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

      8,415

       

       

       
      Tax Benefit on Exercise of Stock Options       302           302   
      Exercise of stock options 282  3  1,702           1,705   
      Cash dividends          (2,650)       (2,650)  
        
       
       
       
       
       
       
         
      Balance at December 31, 2003 10,843  109  63,409  23,042  (479)   86,081   

      Net income for 2004

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

      8,472

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

      8,472

       

       

       
      Tax Benefit on Exercise of Stock Options       449           449   
      Exercise of stock options 207  2  1,371           1,373   
      Dividends declared          (691)       (691)  
      Cash dividends          (2,746)       (2,746)  
        
       
       
       
       
       
       
         
      Balance at December 31, 2004 11,050 $111 $65,229 $28,077 ($479)  $92,938   
        
       
       
       
       
       
       
         

      See notes to consolidated financial statements.



      LIFETIME HOAN CORPORATION

      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
      (in thousands)

       
       Year Ended December 31,
       
       
       2004
       2003
       2002
       
      OPERATING ACTIVITIES          
       Net income $8,472 $8,415 $2,245 
       Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:          
        Loss on sale of discontinued operations      811 
        Depreciation and amortization  4,074  3,673  3,457 
        Deferred income taxes  (100) 105  133 
        Deferred rent and other long-term liabilities  479  539  468 
        Provision for losses on accounts receivable  (68) 8  386 
        Reserve for sales returns and allowances  9,942  9,297  7,453 
        Minority interest      (476)
       Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding the effects of the sale of the Prestige companies and the acquisitions of Excel, :USE and Gemco:          
        Accounts receivable  (10,658) (21,008) (6,880)
        Merchandise inventories  (4,944) (6,960) 1,022 
        Prepaid expenses, other current assets and other assets  (595) 177  1,853 
        Accounts payable, trade acceptances and accrued expenses  (3,485) 8,987  (6,122)
        Income taxes  1,312  2,452  2,463 
        
       
       
       
         NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES  4,429  5,685  6,813 
        
       
       
       

      INVESTING ACTIVITIES

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
       Purchases of property and equipment, net  (2,911) (2,213) (1,807)
       Proceeds from disposition of Prestige Companies      985 
       Acquisition of Excel  (7,000)    
       Acquisitions of :USE and Gemco    (3,964)  
        
       
       
       
         NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES  (9,911) (6,177) (822)
        
       
       
       

      FINANCING ACTIVITIES

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
       Proceeds from (payments of) short-term borrowings, net  2,600  2,600  (8,647)
       Proceeds from long-term debt  5,000     
       Proceeds from the exercise of stock options  1,373  1,705  318 
       Repayment of note receivable      7 
       Payment of capital lease obligations  (179) (50)  
       Cash dividends paid  (2,746) (2,650) (2,628)
        
       
       
       

      NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES

       

       

      6,048

       

       

      1,605

       

       

      (10,950

      )
        
       
       
       
         
      INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

       

       

      566

       

       

      1,113

       

       

      (4,959

      )
       Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  1,175  62  5,021 
        
       
       
       
       
      CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

       

      $

      1,741

       

      $

      1,175

       

      $

      62

       
        
       
       
       

      See notes to consolidated financial statements.



      LIFETIME HOAN CORPORATION

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

      DECEMBER 31, 2004

      NOTE A—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

              Organization and Business:    The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lifetime Hoan Corporation ("Lifetime") and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively the "Company"), Outlet Retail Stores, Inc. ("Outlets"), Roshco, Inc. ("Roshco") and M. Kamenstein Corp. ("Kamenstein"), collectively, the "Company". Effective September 27, 2002, the Company sold its 51% owned and controlled subsidiaries, Prestige Italiana, Spa. ("Prestige Italy") and Prestige Haushaltswaren GmbH ("Prestige Germany" and, together with Prestige Italy, the "Prestige Companies"). Accordingly, the Company has classified the Prestige Companies business as discontinued operations. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

              The Company is engaged in the design, marketing and distribution of a broad range of consumer products used in the home, including kitchenware, cutlery and cutting boards, bakeware and cookware, pantryware and spices, tabletop and decorative bath accessories and markets its products under a number of trade names, some of which are licensed. The Company sells its products primarily to retailers throughout the United States.

              The Company also operates approximately 60 retail outlet stores in 31 states under the Farberware® name. Under an agreement with the Meyer Corporation, Meyer Corporation assumed responsibility for merchandising and for stocking Farberware cookware products in the stores, receives all revenue from sales of Farberware® cookware and since October 31, 2003, occupies 30% of the space in each store and reimburses the Company for 30% of the operating expenses of the stores. For the periods prior to October 1, 2003, Meyer was responsible for 50% of the space in each store and 50% of the operating expenses of the stores.

              The significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of the Company are as follows:

              Revenue Recognition:    Revenue is recognized when goods are shipped and title of ownership transfers to the customer. Related freight-out costs are included in distribution expenses and amounted to $3.3 million, $2.7 million and $2.7 million for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

              Distribution Expenses:    Distribution expenses primarily consist of warehousing expenses, handling costs of products sold and freight-out. These expenses include relocation charges, duplicate rent and other costs associated with the Company's move into its Robbinsville, New Jersey distribution facility, amounting to $0.7 million and $2.2 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively. No such expenses were incurred in 2004.

              Inventories:    Merchandise inventories, consisting principally of finished goods, are priced at the lower-of-cost (first-in, first-out basis) or market method. Reserves for excess or obsolete inventory reflected in the Company's consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003 are considered adequate by the Company's management; however, there can be no assurance that these reserves will prove to be adequate over time to provide for ultimate losses in connection with the Company's inventory.

              Accounts Receivable:    The Company is required to estimate the collectibility of its accounts receivable. A considerable amount of judgment is required in assessing the ultimate realization of these receivables including the current credit-worthiness of each customer. The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to



      make required payments. If the financial conditions of the Company's customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

              Property and Equipment:    Property and equipment is stated at cost. Property and equipment other than leasehold improvements is being depreciated under the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Buildings and improvements are being depreciated over 30 years and machinery, furniture, and equipment over 3 to 10 years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the term of the lease or their estimated useful lives, whichever is shorter.

              Cash Equivalents:    The Company considers highly liquid instruments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

              Use of Estimates:    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

              Fair Value of Financial Instruments:    The carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and trade acceptances approximate their fair values because of the short-term nature of these items. The carrying value of short-term borrowings outstanding under the Company's revolving credit facility approximate fair value as such borrowings bear interest at variable market rates. The carrying value of long-term debt outstanding under the Company's revolving credit facility approximates fair value of such debt and bears interest at the current market rate of 5.07%.

              Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:    Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("SFAS") No. 141, "Business Combinations" and SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets". SFAS No. 141 requires all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized but are reviewed at least annually for impairment. The Company ceased amortizing goodwill effective January 1, 2002. The Company completed its annual assessment of goodwill impairment in the fourth quarters of 2004 and 2003. Based upon such reviews, no impairment to the carrying value of goodwill was identified in either period.

              Other intangibles consist of licenses, trademarks / trade names, customer relationships and product designs acquired pursuant to four acquisitions and are being amortized by the straight-line method over periods ranging from 4 to 40 years. The remaining weighted-average amortization period for such intangibles is approximately 28 years. Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $3.7 million and $3.1 million, respectively. Amortization expense with respect to these intangible assets for each of five succeeding fiscal years is estimated to be as follows: 2005—$677,000; 2006—$677,000; 2007—$677,000; 2008—$665,000; 2009—$615,000.

              Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002 was $602,000, $410,000 and $390,000, respectively.

              Long-Lived Assets:    The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of intangibles and other long-lived assets for recoverability or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such



      amounts have been impaired. Impairment indicators include, among other conditions, cash flow deficits, a historic or anticipated decline in revenue or operating profit and a material decrease in the fair value of some or all of the Company's long-lived assets. When indicators are present, the Company compares the carrying value of the asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated from the use of the asset. If these estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset, the Company recognizes impairment to the extent the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. Such a review has been performed by management and does not indicate an impairment of such assets.

              Income Taxes:    Income taxes have been provided using the liability method. Deferred income taxes have been provided for to reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

              Earnings Per Share:    Basic earnings per share have been computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding of 10,982,000 in 2004, 10,628,000 in 2003 and 10,516,000 in 2002. Diluted earnings per share have been computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including the dilutive effects of stock options, of 11,226,000 in 2004, 10,754,000 in 2003 and 10,541,000 in 2002.

              Accounting for Stock Option Plan:    At December 31, 2004, the Company had a stock option plan, which is more fully described in Note D. The Company accounts for the plan under the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees", and related Interpretations. No stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net income, as all options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market values of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition



      provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" to stock-based employee compensation.

       
       Year ended December 31,
       
       
       2004
       2003
       2002
       
       
       (in thousands, except per share data)

       
      Net income, as reported $8,472 $8,415 $2,245 
      Deduct: Total stock option employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects  (179) (196) (156)
        
       
       
       
      Pro forma net income $8,293 $8,219 $2,089 
        
       
       
       

      Earnings per share:

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
      Basic—as reported $0.77 $0.79 $0.21 
        
       
       
       
      Basic—pro forma $0.76 $0.77 $0.20 
        
       
       
       

      Diluted—as reported

       

      $

      0.75

       

      $

      0.78

       

      $

      0.21

       
        
       
       
       
      Diluted—pro forma $0.74 $0.76 $0.20 
        
       
       
       

              The weighted average fair values of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $5.90, $2.57 and $0.16, respectively. The fair values of these options were estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: risk-free interest rates of 3.73%, 3.37% and 3.47% for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively; 1.55% dividend yield in 2004, 2.53% dividend yield in 2003 and 4.33% dividend yield in 2002; volatility factor of the expected market price of the Company's common stock of 0.37 in 2004, 0.41 in 2003 and 0.06 in 2002; and a weighted-average expected life of the options of 6.0, 6.0 and 6.0 years in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

              The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options, which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because the Company's employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimates, in management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair values of its employee stock options.

              New Accounting Pronouncement:    In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123. SFAS No. 123R addresses the accounting for transactions in which an enterprise exchanges its valuable equity instruments for employee services. It also addresses transactions in which an enterprise incurs liabilities that are based on the fair values of the enterprise's equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of those equity instruments in exchange for employee services. For public entities, the cost of employee services received in exchange for equity instruments, including employee stock



      options, would be measured based on the grant-date fair value of those instruments. That cost would be recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period (often the vesting period). Generally, no compensation cost would be recognized for equity instruments that do not vest.

              SFAS No. 123R is effective for periods beginning after June 15, 2005. SFAS No. 123R will apply to awards granted, modified, or settled in cash on or after that date. Companies may choose from one of three methods when transitioning to the new standard, which may include restatement of prior annual and interim periods. The impact on Earnings Per Share of expensing stock options will be dependent upon the method to be used for valuation of stock options and the transition method determined by the Company. The total impact on an annualized basis could range from approximately $0.01 to $0.02 per share-diluted, assuming option grants continue at the same level as in 2004.

              Reclassifications:    Certain selling, general and administrative expenses have been reclassified to distribution expenses in 2003 and 2002 to conform with the current presentation. Certain 2004 and 2003 balances have been reclassified to conform with current presentation. The items include the reclassification of deferred tax assets and non-current deferred tax liabilities from income taxes payable that represents the impact of the State tax rate on timing differences to conform with the classification guidelines of SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes".

      NOTE B—ACQUISITIONS, DISPOSALS AND LICENSES

              Prestige Acquisition and Disposition:    In September 1999, the Company acquired 51% of the capital stock and controlling interest in each of Prestige Italiana, Spa ("Prestige Italy") and Prestige Haushaltswaren GmbH ("Prestige Germany" and, together with Prestige Italy, the "Prestige Companies"). The Company paid approximately $1.3 million for its majority interests in the Prestige Companies. This acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method and the Company recorded goodwill of $586,000. Effective September 27, 2002, the Company sold its 51% controlling interest in Prestige Italy and, together with its minority interest shareholder, caused Prestige Germany to sell all of its receivables and inventory to a European housewares distributor. As a result the Company received approximately $1.0 million in cash on October 21, 2002. The sale resulted in a net loss of approximately $811,000 that includes the write-off of goodwill of approximately $540,000. Accordingly, the Company has classified the Prestige Companies business as discontinued operations.

              Gemco Acquisition:    In November 2003, the Company acquired the assets of Gemco Ware, Inc. ("Gemco"), a distributor of functional glassware products for storing and dispensing food and condiments. The results of operations of Gemco are included in the Company's consolidated statements of income from the date of acquisition. This acquisition enabled the Company to broaden its kitchenware product lines to include functional glassware.

              :USE Acquisition:    In October 2003, the Company acquired the business and certain assets of the :USE—Tools for Civilization Division of DX Design Express, Inc., which was a company focused on creating contemporary lifestyle products for the home, including decorative hardware, mirrors and lighting for the bath, as well as decorative window accessories. This acquisition enabled the Company to expand its product offering to include bath accessories. The results of operations of :USE are included in the Company's consolidated statements of income from the date of acquisition.



              In connection with the Gemco and :USE acquisitions, the total of the purchase prices paid in cash, including associated expenses, amounted to approximately $4.0 million. In connection with the :USE acquisition the Company is also required to pay minimum contingent consideration of $300,000 ($100,000 in each of the years 2004 - 2006) based upon a percentage of net sales of the :USE product line up to a maximum of $1,500,000 ($500,000 in each of the years 2004 - 2006). The acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method and, accordingly, acquired assets and liabilities are recorded at their fair values. The allocations of the purchase prices of the acquired businesses resulted in the following condensed balance of assets being acquired (in thousands):

       
       Purchase Price
      Allocation

      Accounts receivable $1,131
      Merchandise Inventories  944
      Other intangibles  940
      Goodwill  1,248
        
      Total assets acquired $4,263
        

              In July 2004, the Company acquired the business and certain assets of Excel Importing Corp., ("Excel"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mickelberry Communications Incorporated. Excel marketed and distributed a diversified line of high quality cutlery, tabletop, cookware and barware products under well-recognized premium brand names, including Sabatier®, Farberware®, Retroneu Design Studio®, Joseph Abboud Environments®, DBK-Daniel Boulud Kitchen™ and Legnoart®. The Excel acquisition provided quality brand names that the Company can use to market many of its existing product lines and added tabletop product categories to the Company's current product lines. The purchase price, subject to post closing adjustments, was approximately $8.5 million, of which $7.0 million was paid in cash at the closing. The Company has not paid the balance of $1.5 million since it believes the total estimated post closing inventory adjustments and certain indemnification claims are in excess of that amount.

              The Company has not yet determined either the amount or the allocation of the purchase price for the Excel acquisition since the calculation of post closing adjustments has not yet been finalized. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method and, accordingly, acquired assets and liabilities are recorded at their fair values. On a preliminary basis the $7.0 million of the purchase price paid at closing has been allocated based on management's estimates as follows (in thousands):

       
       Preliminary
      Purchase Price
      Allocation

       
      Accounts receivable $1,300 
      Merchandise Inventories  4,800 
      Current liabilities  (5,400)
      License intangibles  6,300 
        
       
      Total assets acquired $7,000 
        
       

              KitchenAid License Agreement:    On September 24, 2000, the Company entered into a license agreement with Whirlpool Corporation. This agreement allows the Company to design, manufacture and market an extensive range of kitchen utensils, barbecue items and pantryware products under the KitchenAid® brand name. On January 1, 2002, the license agreement was amended, to include bakeware and baking related products as covered products. A second amendment to the license agreement was entered into effective August 1, 2003, which extended the term of the license through December 31, 2007 and further expanded the covered products to include kitchen cutlery. Shipments of products by the Company under the KitchenAid® name began in the second quarter of 2001.

              Cuisinart License Agreement:    On March 19, 2002, the Company entered into a license agreement with Conair Corporation. This agreement allows the Company to design, manufacture and market a wide variety of cutlery products under the Cuisinart® brand name. Shipments of products under the Cuisinart® name began in the fourth quarter of 2002. On April 8, 2004, the license agreement was amended, expanding the covered products to include cutting boards.

      NOTE C—CREDIT FACILITIES

              On July 28, 2004, the Company entered into a $50 million five-year, secured credit facility (the "Credit Facility") with a group of banks and, in conjunction therewith, canceled its $35 million secured, reducing revolving credit facility which was due to mature in November 2004. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured by all of the assets of the Company. Under the terms of the Credit Facility, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial covenants, including limitations on indebtedness and sale of assets; a minimum fixed charge ratio; a maximum leverage ratio; and maintenance of a minimum net worth. Borrowings under the credit facility have different interest rate options that are based on an alternate base rate, the LIBOR rate and the lender's cost of funds rate, plus in each case a margin based on a leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had outstanding $0.4 million of letters of credit and trade acceptances, $19.4 million of short-term borrowings and a $5.0 million term loan under its Credit Facility and, as a result, the availability under the Credit Facility was $25.2 million. The $5.0 million long-term loan is non-amortizing, bears interest at 5.07% and matures in August 2009. Interest rates on short-term borrowings at December 31, 2004 ranged from 3.3125% to 5.25%. The weighted-average interest rate on short-term borrowings was 3.857% and 3.502% at December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively.

              The Company paid interest of approximately $0.8 million, $0.7 million and $1.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

      NOTE D—CAPITAL STOCK

              Cash Dividends:    The Company paid regular quarterly cash dividends of $0.0625 per share on its Common Stock, or a total annual cash dividend of $0.25 per share, in each of 2004, 2003 and 2002. The Board of Directors currently intends to maintain a quarterly cash dividend of $0.0625 per share of Common Stock for the foreseeable future, although the Board may in its discretion determine to modify or eliminate such dividend at any time.

              Common Stock Repurchase and Retirement:    During the years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the repurchase of up to 3,000,000 shares of the



      outstanding Common Stock in the open market. Through December 31, 2004, 2,128,000 shares had been repurchased for approximately $15.2 million (none were repurchased in 2004, 2003 and 2002).

              Preferred Stock:    The Company is authorized to issue 2,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, par value of One Dollar ($1.00) each, none of which is outstanding. The Company is also authorized to issue 100 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, par value of One Dollar ($1.00) each, none of which is outstanding.

              Stock Option Plans:    In June 2000, the stockholders of the Company approved the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), which replaced all other Company stock option plans, whereby up to 1,750,000 shares of Common Stock may be granted in the form of stock options or other equity-based awards to directors, officers, employees, consultants and service providers to the Company and its affiliates. The Plan authorizes the Board of Directors of the Company to issue incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, stock options that do not conform to the requirements of that Section of the Code and other stock based awards. Options that have been granted under the Plan expire over a range of ten years from the date of the grant and vest over a range of up to five years, from the date of grant.

              As of December 31, 2004, approximately 949,500 shares were available for grant under the Plan and all options granted through December 31, 2004 under the Plan have exercise prices equal to the market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant.

              The following table summarizes the Company's stock option activity and related information for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

       
       2004
       2003
       2002
       
       Options
       Weighted-
      Average
      Exercise Price

       Options
       Weighted-
      Average
      Exercise Price

       Options
       Weighted-
      Average
      Exercise Price

      Balance—Jan 1, 966,610 $6.98 919,291 $6.98 1,031,830 $6.94
      Grants 49,000 $16.68 370,000 $7.37 175,000 $6.30
      Exercised (217,041)$6.76 (298,232)$6.50 (94,153)$5.00
      Canceled (103,762)$10.60 (24,449)$7.44 (193,386)$7.09
        
          
          
         
      Balance—Dec 31, 694,807 $7.59 966,610 $7.27 919,291 $6.98
        
          
          
         

              The following table summarizes information about employees' stock options outstanding at December 31, 2004:

      Exercise
      Price

       Options Outstanding
       Options
      Exercisable

       Weighted-
      Average
      Remaining
      Contractual Life

       Weighted-
      Average
      Exercise Price—
      Options
      Outstanding

       Weighted-Average
      Exercise Price—
      Options Exercisable

      $4.14–$5.51 198,400 198,400 7.2 years $5.28 $5.28
      $6.00–$8.55 413,457 234,332 6.8 years $7.25 $6.97
      $8.64–$13.84 58,950 15,200 8.5 years $12.90 $11.45
      $15.60–$22.46 24,000 14,000 9.3 years $19.65 $20.09
        
       
       
       
       
        694,807 461,932 7.1 years $7.59 $6.79
        
       
       
       
       

              At December 31, 2003 and 2002, there were outstanding exercisable options to purchase 699,610 and 789,917 shares of Common Stock, respectively, at weighted-average exercise prices per share of $6.94 and $7.14, respectively.

              In connection with the exercise of options issued under a stock option plan that has since been terminated, the Company received cash of $255,968 and notes in the amount of $908,000 in 1985. The notes bear interest at 9% and are due no later than December 31, 2005. During 2001, a note issued by Milton L. Cohen, a director of the Company, in the amount of $422,000 was canceled and replaced by a new note issued by Milton L. Cohen in the amount of $855,000, which consolidated such $422,000 and all other amounts due by Milton L. Cohen to the Company. As at December 31, 2004, the amount of such note had been reduced to approximately $278,000.

      NOTE E—INCOME TAXES

              Pre-tax income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $14.1 million, $14.0 million and $6.0 million, respectively.

              The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

       
       Year Ended December 31,
       
       2004
       2003
       2002
      Current:         
       Federal $4,861 $4,451 $2,035
       State and local  841  1,018  239
      Deferred  (100) 105  133
        
       
       
      Income tax provision $5,602 $5,574 $2,407
        
       
       

              Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's net deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows (in thousands):

       
       December 31,
       
       
       2004
       2003
       
      Merchandise inventories $1,174 $1,122 
      Accounts receivable allowances  964  876 
      Depreciation and amortization  (3,412) (2,088)
      Inventory reserve  889   
      Accrued bonuses  395   
        
       
       
      Net deferred tax (liabilities) assets $10 ($90)
        
       
       

              The provisions for income taxes differs from the amounts computed by applying the applicable federal statutory rates as follows (in thousands):

       
       Year Ended December 31,
       
       2004
       2003
       2002
      Provision for Federal income taxes at the statutory rate $4,926 $4,896 $2,026
      Increases (decreases):         
       State and local income taxes, net of Federal income tax benefit  547  662  158
       Other  129  16  223
        
       
       
      Provision for income taxes $5,602 $5,574 $2,407
        
       
       

              The Company paid income taxes of approximately $4.2 million and $3.1 million during the years ended 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company received income tax refunds (net of payments) of approximately $328,000 during the year ended December 2002.

              The Company and its subsidiaries' income tax returns are routinely examined by various tax authorities. In management's opinion, adequate provision for income taxes have been made for all open years in accordance with SFAS No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies".

      NOTE F—COMMITMENTS

              Operating Leases:    The Company has lease agreements for its distribution facility, showroom facilities, sales offices and outlet stores which expire through 2016. These leases provide for, among other matters, annual base rent escalations and additional rent for real estate taxes and other costs. Leases for certain retail outlet stores provide for rent based upon a percentage of monthly gross sales.


              Future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

      Year ended December 31:   
      2005 $5,941
      2006  4,821
      2007  4,108
      2008  3,607
      2009  3,098
      Thereafter  18,619
        
        $40,194
        

              Under an agreement with the Meyer Corporation ("Meyer"), Meyer assumed responsibility for merchandising and for stocking Farberware cookware products in the outlet stores and receives all revenue from store sales of Farberware® cookware. Since October 31, 2003, Meyer has occupied 30% of the space in each store and reimbursed the Company for 30% of the operating expenses of the stores. For the periods prior to October 1, 2003, Meyer occupied 50% of the space in each store and 50% of the operating expenses of the stores. In 2004, 2003 and 2002, Meyer Corporation reimbursed the Company approximately $1.2 million, $1.5 million and $1.7 million, respectively, for operating expenses.

              Rental and related expenses under operating leases were approximately $7.0 million, $6.9 million and $7.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Such amounts are prior to the Meyer reimbursements described above.

              Capital Leases:    In November 2003 the Company entered into various capital lease arrangements for the leasing of equipment to be utilized in its Robbinsville, New Jersey distribution facility. These leases expire in 2008 and the future minimum lease payments due under the leases as of December 31, 2004 are as follows (in thousands):

      Year ended December 31:   
      2005 $331
      2006  304
      2007  277
      2008  226
      2009  66
        
      Total Minimum Lease Payments  1,204
      Less: amounts representing interest  123
        
      Present value of minimum lease payments $1,081
        

              The current and non-current portions of the Company's capital lease obligations at December 31, 2004 of approximately $262,000 and $819,000, respectively, and at December 31, 2003 of approximately $128,000 and $586,000, respectively, are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets within accrued expenses and deferred rent and other long-term liabilities, respectively.



              Royalties:    The Company has license agreements that require payments of royalties on sales of licensed products which expire through December 31, 2008. Future minimum royalties payable under these agreements are as follows (in thousands):

      Year ended December 31:   
      2005 $3,618
      2006  3,748
      2007  3,691
      2008  46
        
        $11,103
        

              Legal Proceedings:    The Company has, from time to time, been involved in various legal proceedings. The Company believes that all current litigation is routine in nature and incidental to the conduct of our business, and that none of this litigation, if determined adversely to us, would have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

              Employment Agreements:    Effective as of April 6, 2001, Jeffrey Siegel entered into a new employment agreement with the Company that provides that the Company will employ him as its President and Chief Executive Officer for a term commencing on April 6, 2001, and as its Chairman of the Board for a term that commenced immediately following the 2001 Annual Meeting of stockholders, and continuing until April 6, 2006, and thereafter for additional consecutive one year periods unless terminated by either the Company or Mr. Siegel as provided in the agreement. The agreement provides for an annual salary of $700,000 with annual increases based on changes in the Consumer Price Index and for the payment each year of a bonus in an amount equal to 3.5% of the Company's pre-tax income for such fiscal year, adjusted to include amounts payable during such year to Mr. Siegel under the employment agreement and to Milton L. Cohen in his capacity as a consultant to the Company and all significant non-recurring charges deducted in determining such pre-tax income. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company recorded annual compensation expense of approximately $555,000, $576,000 and $323,000, respectively, to the bonus plan. In addition, under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Siegel is entitled to $350,000 payable at the earlier of April 5, 2006 and the occurrence of certain termination events. The agreement also provides for, among other things, certain standard fringe benefits, such as disability benefits, medical insurance, life insurance and an accountable expense allowance. The agreement further provides that if the Company is merged or otherwise consolidated with any other organization or substantially all of the assets of the Company are sold or control of the Company has changed (the transfer of 50% or more of the outstanding stock of the Company) and such event is followed by: (i) the termination of his employment, other than for cause; (ii) the diminution of his duties or change in his executive position; (iii) the diminution of his compensation (other than as part of a general reduction in the compensation of all employees); or (iv) the relocation of his principal place of employment to other than the New York Metropolitan Area, the Company would be obligated to pay to Mr. Siegel or his estate the base salary required pursuant to the employment agreement for the balance of the term. The employment agreement also contains restrictive covenants preventing Mr. Siegel from competing with the Company for a period of five years from the earlier of the termination of Mr. Siegel's employment (other than a termination by the Company without cause) or the expiration of his employment agreement.

              During 2003 and 2004, several members of senior management entered into employment agreements with the Company. The employment agreements termination dates range from June 30,



      2006 through June 30, 2007. The agreements provide for annual salaries and bonuses, and certain standard fringe benefits, such as disability benefits, medical insurance, life insurance and auto allowances.

              In March 2002, the Company awarded Mr. Jeffrey Siegel a special bonus of $129,600.

      NOTE G—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

              Effective April 6, 2001, Milton L. Cohen, then a director of the Company, and the Company entered into a 5-year consulting agreement pursuant to which the Company is paying Milton L. Cohen an annual consulting fee of $440,800.

              As of December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, Milton L. Cohen owed the Company approximately $278,000 and $453,000, respectively. Milton L. Cohen remits $48,404 quarterly in payment of interest and principal. The loan, which matures on March 31, 2006, is included within other current and non-current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

              As of December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, Jeffrey Siegel, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, owed the Company approximately $344,000 with respect to an outstanding loan related to the exercise of stock options under a stock option plan which has since been terminated.

              As of December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, Craig Phillips, a Senior Vice-President of the Company, owed the Company approximately $135,000 with respect to an outstanding loan related to the exercise of stock options under a stock option plan which has since been terminated.

              The above referenced notes receivables due from Jeffery Siegel and Craig Phillips totaling $479,000 are included within total stockholders' equity in the accompanying balance sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

              On October 1, 2002 the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Ronald Shiftan, a director of the Company. The agreement was terminated effective November 1, 2004 when Mr. Shiftan became Vice Chairman of the Company. Mr. Shiftan was paid compensation under the consulting agreement at a rate of $30,000 per month.

      NOTE H—RETIREMENT PLAN

              The Company maintains a defined contribution retirement plan for eligible employees under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Participants can make voluntary contributions up to a maximum of 15% of their respective salaries. The Company made matching contributions to the plan of approximately $257,000, $206,000 and $220,000 in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

      NOTE I—CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

              The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with various financial institutions.

              Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable are limited due to the large number of entities comprising the Company's customer base and their dispersion across the United States. The Company periodically reviews the status of its accounts receivable and, where considered necessary, establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts.

              During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (including Sam's Clubs) accounted for approximately 24%, 29% and 20% of net sales, respectively. No other customer



      accounted for 10% or more of the Company's net sales during 2004, 2003 or 2002. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 59%, 62% and 56% of net sales, respectively.

      NOTE J—OTHER

        Property and Equipment:

              Property and equipment consist of (in thousands):

       
       December 31,
       
       2004
       2003
      Land $932 $932
      Building and improvements  7,179  7,135
      Machinery, furniture and equipment  28,881  26,451
      Leasehold improvements  1,810  1,637
        
       
         38,802  36,155
      Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization  18,799  15,592
        
       
        $20,003 $20,563
        
       

              Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $3.5 million, $3.3 million and $3.1 million, respectively. Included in machinery, furniture and equipment and related accumulated depreciation above as of December 31, 2004 are $1,332,000 and $281,000, respectively, and as of December 31, 2003 are $763,000 and $76,000, respectively, related to assets recorded under capital leases.

        Accrued Expenses:

              Accrued expenses consist of (in thousands):

       
       December 31,
       
       2004
       2003
      Commissions $887 $732
      Accrued customer allowances and rebates  5,407  5,410
      Amounts due to Meyer Corporation  1,621  2,534
      Officer and employee bonuses  1,203  1,504
      Accrued health insurance    642
      Accrued royalties  2,249  966
      Accrued salaries, vacation and temporary labor billings  2,075  1,855
      Other  6,703  3,513
        
       
        $20,145 $17,156
        
       

              Sources of Supply:    The Company sources its products from approximately 98 suppliers located primarily in the People's Republic of China, and to a lesser extent in the United States, Taiwan, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, Germany, France, Korea, Czechoslovakia, Italy, India and Hong Kong. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 our three largest suppliers provided us with approximately 54% of the products we distributed, as compared to 62% for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003. This concentration of sourcing in certain key vendors is an additional risk to our business. Furthermore, because our product lines cover thousands of products, many products are produced for us by only by one or two manufacturers. An interruption of supply from any of these manufacturers could have an adverse impact on our ability to fill orders on a timely basis. However, we believe other manufacturers with whom we do business would be able to increase production to fulfill our requirements.



      Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

      To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Lifetime Brands, Inc.:

              We have reviewed the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet of Lifetime Brands, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of September 30, 2005 and the related unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, and the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.

              We conducted our review in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures to financial data and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

              Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements referred to above for them to be in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

              We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the year then ended and in our report dated March 11, 2005, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2004 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it was derived.

      /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

      Melville, New York
      November 1, 2005



      LIFETIME BRANDS, INC.

      CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
      (in thousands, except share data)

       
       September 30,
      2005

       December 31,
      2004

       
       
       (unaudited)

        
       
      ASSETS       
      CURRENT ASSETS       
       Cash and cash equivalents $105 $1,741 
       Accounts receivable, less allowances of $4,412 in 2005 and $3,477 in 2004  48,594  34,083 
       Merchandise inventories  121,973  58,934 
       Prepaid expenses  2,737  1,998 
       Deferred income taxes  5,566  4,303 
       Other current assets  3,834  2,366 
        
       
       
        TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS  182,809  103,425 

      PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net

       

       

      28,861

       

       

      20,003

       
      GOODWILL  16,714  16,200 
      OTHER INTANGIBLES, net  16,240  15,284 
      OTHER ASSETS  2,574  2,305 
        
       
       
         TOTAL ASSETS $247,198 $157,217 
        
       
       

      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
      CURRENT LIABILITIES       
       Short-term borrowings $82,200 $19,400 
       Accounts payable  16,769  7,892 
       Accrued expenses  31,385  20,145 
       Income taxes payable  5,855  5,476 
        
       
       
        TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES  136,209  52,913 

      DEFERRED RENT & OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

       

       

      2,160

       

       

      2,072

       
      DEFERRED INCOME TAX LIABILITIES  4,759  4,294 
      LONG-TERM DEBT  5,000  5,000 

      STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
      Common Stock, $.01 par value, shares authorized: 25,000,000; shares issued and outstanding: 11,160,645 in 2005 and 11,050,349 in 2004  111  111 
      Paid-in capital  66,551  65,229 
      Retained earnings  32,887  28,077 
      Notes receivable for shares issued to stockholders  (479) (479)
        
       
       
        TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  99,070  92,938 
        
       
       
         TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY $247,198 $157,217 
        
       
       

      See accompanying independent registered public accounting firm review report and notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.



      LIFETIME BRANDS, INC.

      CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
      (in thousands, except per share data)
      (unaudited)

       
       Three Months Ended
      September 30,

       Nine Months Ended
      September 30,

       
       
       2005
       2004
       2005
       2004
       
      Net Sales $94,245 $51,241 $183,516 $121,399 
      Cost of Sales  53,109  30,553  104,968  71,396 
      Distribution Expenses  10,248  6,029  22,171  16,406 
      Selling, General and Administrative Expenses  22,672  10,112  43,911  27,904 
        
       
       
       
       
      Income from Operations  8,216  4,547  12,466  5,693 
      Interest Expense  912  268  1,402  536 
      Other Income  (13) (14) (39) (45)
        
       
       
       
       
      Income Before Income Taxes  7,317  4,293  11,103  5,202 
      Tax Provision  2,780  1,709  4,220  2,070 
        
       
       
       
       
      NET INCOME $4,537 $2,584 $6,883 $3,132 
        
       
       
       
       
      BASIC INCOME PER COMMON SHARE $0.41 $0.23 $0.62 $0.29 
        
       
       
       
       
      DILUTED INCOME PER COMMON SHARE $0.40 $0.23 $0.61 $0.28 
        
       
       
       
       
      WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES—BASIC  11,104  11,047  11,073  10,960 
        
       
       
       
       
      WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES AND COMMON SHARE EQUIVALENTS—DILUTED  11,319  11,281  11,290  11,217 
        
       
       
       
       

      See accompanying independent registered public accounting firm review report and notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.



      LIFETIME BRANDS, INC.

      CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
      (in thousands)
      (unaudited)

       
       Nine Months Ended September 30,
       
       
       2005
       2004
       
      OPERATING ACTIVITIES       
       Net income $6,883 $3,132 
       Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:       
        Depreciation and amortization  3,930  2,926 
        Deferred income taxes  (798) (548)
        Deferred rent and other long-term liabilities  88  207 
        Provision for losses on accounts receivable  96  18 
        Reserve for sales returns and allowances  8,414  6,891 
       Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding the effect of the acquisitions of Pfaltzgraff, Salton and Excel:       
        Accounts receivable  (20,603) (4,476)
        Merchandise inventories  (21,195) (9,886)
        Prepaid expenses, other current assets and other assets  (672) (815)
        Accounts payable and accrued expenses  11,833  (3,560)
        Income taxes payable  961  (278)
        
       
       
        NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES  (11,063) (6,389)
        
       
       
      INVESTING ACTIVITIES       
       Purchase of property and equipment, net  (4,752) (1,695)
       Acquisition of Pfaltzgraff  (33,093)  
       Acquisition of Salton  (13,956)  
       Acquisition of Excel    (7,000)
        
       
       
        NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES  (51,801) (8,695)
        
       
       
      FINANCING ACTIVITIES       
       Proceeds from short-term borrowings, net  62,800  10,400 
       Proceeds from long-term debt    5,000 
       Proceeds from exercise of stock options  741  1,364 
       Payment of capital lease obligations  (240) (114)
       Cash dividends paid  (2,073) (2,052)
        
       
       
        NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES  61,228  14,598 
        
       
       
        DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS  (1,636) (486)
      Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period  1,741  1,175 
        
       
       
      CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD $105 $689 
        
       
       

      See accompanying independent registered public accounting firm review report and notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.



      LIFETIME BRANDS, INC.

      NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
      September 30, 2005
      (unaudited)

      Note A—Basis of Presentation and Summary Accounting Policies

      Basis of Presentation

              The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2005. It is suggested that these condensed consolidated financial statements be read in conjunction with the financial statements and footnotes thereto included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004.

      Reclassifications

              Certain 2004 balances have been reclassified to conform with the current presentation. These items include the reclassification of deferred tax assets and non-current deferred tax liabilities from income taxes payable that represent the impact of the state tax rate on timing differences to conform with the classification guidelines of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes."

      Revenue Recognition

              The Company sells products wholesale to retailers and distributors and retail direct to the consumer through Company-operated outlet stores, Internet and catalog operations. Wholesale sales are recognized when title passes to and the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the customer. Outlet store sales are recognized at the time of sale, while Internet and catalog sales are recognized upon shipment to the customer. Shipping and handling fees that are billed to customers in sales transactions are recorded in net sales. Included in net sales for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2005 is shipping and handling fee income of approximately $1.1 million.

      Distribution Expenses

              Distribution expenses consist primarily of warehousing expenses, handling costs of products sold and freight-out.

      Cash Dividend

              In December 2004, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.0625 per share to stockholders of record on February 4, 2005, paid on February 18, 2005. In March 2005, the Board of Directors declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.0625 per share to stockholders of record on May 6, 2005, paid on May 20, 2005. In July 2005, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.0625 per share to stockholders of record on August 5, 2005, paid on August 19, 2005. In October 2005, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.0625 per share to stockholders of record on November 4, 2005, to be paid on November 18, 2005.



      Earnings Per Share

              Basic earnings per share has been computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding of 11,104,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2005 and 11,047,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2004. For the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to compute basic earnings per share was 11,073,000 and 10,960,000, respectively. Diluted earnings per share has been computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including the dilutive effects of stock options, of 11,319,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2005 and 11,281,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2004. For the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004, the diluted number of common shares outstanding was 11,290,000 and 11,217,000, respectively.

      Accounting for Stock Option Plan

              The Company has a stock option plan, which is more fully described in the footnotes to the consolidated financial statements included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004. The Company accounts for options granted under the plan under the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees", and related interpretations. No stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net income, as all options granted under the plan had exercise prices equal to the market values of the underlying common stock on the dates of grant. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and net income per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" to stock-based employee compensation.

       
       Three Months Ended September 30,
       Nine Months Ended September 30,
       
       
       2005
       2004
       2005
       2004
       
       
       (in thousands, except per share data)

       
      Net income as reported $4,537 $2,584 $6,883 $3,132 

      Deduct: Total stock option employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects

       

       

      (34

      )

       

      (32

      )

       

      (102

      )

       

      (155

      )
        
       
       
       
       
      Pro forma net income $4,503 $2,552 $6,781 $2,977 
        
       
       
       
       
      Income per common share:             
       
      Basic—as reported

       

      $

      0.41

       

      $

      0.23

       

      $

      0.62

       

      $

      0.29

       
       Basic—pro forma $0.41 $0.23 $0.61 $0.27 
       
      Diluted—as reported

       

      $

      0.40

       

      $

      0.23

       

      $

      0.61

       

      $

      0.28

       
       Diluted—pro forma $0.40 $0.23 $0.60 $0.27 

              In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 123R, "Share Based Payment: an Amendment to FASB Statements 123 and 95." This statement requires that



      the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. In April 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission deferred the implementation of SFAS No. 123R. As a result, the Company plans to adopt SFAS No. 123R effective January 1, 2006. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 123R on its consolidated financial statements.

      Note B—Credit Facility

              In July 2005, the Company amended its $50 million secured credit facility (the "Credit Facility"), to increase the size of the facility to $100 million and to extend its maturity to July 2010. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured by all of the assets of the Company. Under the terms of the Credit Facility, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial covenants, including limitations on indebtedness and sale of assets, a minimum fixed charge ratio, a maximum leverage ratio, and maintenance of a minimum net worth. At September 30, 2005, the Company was in compliance with these covenants. Borrowings under the Credit Facility have different interest rate options that are based either on an alternate base rate, the LIBOR rate or the lender's cost of funds rate, plus in each case a margin based on a leverage ratio.

              As of September 30, 2005, the Company had $0.4 million of letters of credit and $82.2 million of short-term borrowings and a $5.0 million term loan outstanding under its Credit Facility, and as a result, the availability under the Credit Facility, was $12.4 million. The $5.0 million long-term loan is non-amortizing, bears interest at 5.07% and matures in August 2009. Interest rates on short-term borrowings at September 30, 2005 ranged from 4.0% to 6.4%.

      Note C—Excel Acquisition

              On July 23, 2004, the Company acquired the business and certain assets of Excel Importing Corp., ("Excel"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mickelberry Communications Incorporated ("Mickelberry"). Excel marketed and distributed cutlery, tabletop, cookware and barware products under brand names, including Sabatier®, Farberware®, Retroneu®, Joseph Abboud Environments® and DBK™-Daniel Boulud Kitchen. The acquisition was accounted for by the Company under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141,"Business Combinations." Accordingly, the results of operations of Excel are included in the Company's condensed consolidated statements of income from the date of acquisition.

              The purchase price, subject to post closing adjustments, was approximately $8.5 million, of which $7.0 million was paid in cash at the closing. The Company has not paid the balance of the purchase price of $1.5 million since it believes the total of certain estimated post closing inventory adjustments and certain indemnification claims are in excess of this amount. The Company has been unsuccessful in its attempts to obtain resolution of these matters with Excel and Mickelberry and commenced a lawsuit against these parties on June 8, 2005, claiming breach of contract, fraud and unjust enrichment. The lawsuit is in its preliminary stages and a settlement has not been reached nor has any been proposed. Due to the uncertainty regarding the ultimate outcome of the matter, the Company believes that the amount, if any, that the Company will ultimately be required to pay cannot be reasonably estimated at September 30, 2005. Accordingly, no amount has been included in the purchase price for this contingency. Upon final resolution of the matter, the Company will reflect any further amounts due as



      part of the purchase price and will re-allocate the purchase price to the net assets acquired. The total purchase price has been currently determined as follows (in thousands):

      Cash paid at closing $7,000
      Professional fees and other costs  83
        
       Total purchase price $7,083
        

              The purchase price was funded by borrowings under the Company's Credit Facility (see Note B). The purchase price has been allocated by the Company as follows (in thousands):

       
       Purchase Price
      Allocation

       
      Assets acquired:    
       Accounts receivable $483 
       Merchandise Inventories  4,769 
       Other assets  20 
       License intangibles  7,520 
      Less: Liabilities assumed  (5,709)
        
       
       Total assets acquired $7,083 
        
       

              The 2004 Excel acquisition was not material to the Company. Accordingly, pro forma results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 have not been presented.

      Note D—Pfaltzgraff Acquisition

              On July 11, 2005, the Company acquired the business and certain assets of The Pfaltzgraff Co. ("Pfaltzgraff"). Pfaltzgraff designed ceramic dinnerware and tabletop accessories for the home and distributed these products through retail chains, company-operated outlet stores and through Internet and catalog operations. The acquisition was accounted for by the Company under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations." Accordingly, the results of the Pfaltzgraff operations are included in the Company's condensed consolidated statements of income from the date of acquisition. On a preliminary basis, the total purchase price has been determined as follows (in thousands):

      Cash paid at closing $32,500
      Post closing working capital adjustment  4,742
      Professional fees and other costs  877
        
       Total purchase price $38,119
        

              The purchase price was funded by borrowings under the Company's Credit Facility (see Note B). On a preliminary basis, the purchase price has been allocated based on management's estimate of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows (in thousands):

       
       Preliminary
      Purchase Price
      Allocation

       
      Assets acquired:    
       Accounts receivable $2,418 
       Merchandise Inventories  29,149 
       Other current assets  1,489 
       Property and equipment  7,098 
       Brand name intangible asset  300 
      Less: liabilities assumed  (2,335)
        
       
       Total assets acquired $38,119 
        
       

              The following unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and presents the results of operations for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2004, as though the acquisition of Pfaltzgraff occurred at the beginning of the respective periods.

              The unaudited pro forma financial information is not intended to be indicative of the operating results that actually would have occurred if the transaction had been consummated on the dates indicated, nor is the information intended to be indicative of future operating results. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not reflect any synergies that may be achieved from the combination of the entities by i) lowering the cost of products sold by sourcing a significant majority of production overseas, ii) closing unprofitable Pfaltzgraff outlet stores, iii) consolidating the Pfaltzgraff outlet store operations with the Company's existing Farberware outlet store operations and iv) eliminating redundant staffing, operations and executive management. The unaudited pro forma financial information reflects adjustments for additional interest expense on acquisition-related borrowings and the income tax effect on the pro forma adjustments. The pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary purchase price allocations. Differences between the preliminary and final purchase price allocations could have a significant impact on the unaudited pro forma financial information presented.

       
       Three Months Ended September 30,
       Nine Months Ended September 30,
       
       
       2005
       2004
       2005
       2004
       
       
       (In thousands, except per share amounts)

       
      Net sales $98,310 $88,749 $236,787 $224,275 
      Net income (loss) $4,002 $(119)$(2,436)$(6,531)
      Diluted earnings (loss) per share $0.35 $(0.01)$(0.22)$(0.58)

      Note E—Salton Acquisition

              On September 19, 2005, the Company acquired certain components of the tabletop business and related assets from Salton, Inc. ("Salton"). The assets acquired include Salton's Block® and Sasaki® brands, licenses to market Calvin Klein® and NapaStyle™ tabletop products and distribution rights for upscale crystal products under the Atlantis brand. In addition, the Company entered into a new license with Salton to market tabletop products under the Stiffel® brand. The acquisition was accounted for by the Company under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations." Accordingly, the results of operations of Salton are included in the Company's condensed consolidated statements of income from the date of acquisition. The amount paid at closing was approximately $13.4 million. On a preliminary basis the total purchase price has been determined as follows (in thousands):

      Cash paid at closing $13,442
      Professional fees and other costs  514
        
       Total purchase price $13,956
        

              The purchase price was funded by borrowings under the Company's Credit Facility (see Note B). On a preliminary basis the purchase price has been allocated based on management's estimate of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows (in thousands):

       
       Preliminary
      Purchase Price
      Allocation

      Merchandise Inventories $12,695
      Other current assets  315
      Property and equipment  432
      Goodwill  514
        
       Total assets acquired $13,956
        

              Pro forma information is not presented by the Company related to the acquisition of Salton because discrete financial information relating to the historical results of operations of the component of the Salton business acquired was not available and not determinable.

      Note F—Business Segments

              As discussed in Note D, in July 2005, the Company acquired the wholesale, retail outlet store, Internet and catalog businesses of Pfaltzgraff. With the addition of the Pfaltzgraff businesses, the Company has determined that it currently operates in two reportable segments—wholesale and direct-to-consumer. The wholesale segment includes the Company's business that designs, markets and distributes household products to retailers and distributors. The direct-to-consumer segment includes the Company's business that sells household products directly to the consumer through            Company-operated retail outlet stores and Internet and catalog operations. The Company has segmented its operations in a manner that reflects how management reviews and evaluates the results of its operations. The distinction between these segments is that, while the products distributed are very



      similar, the type of customer for the products and the methods used to market, sell and distribute the products are very different.

              Management evaluates the performance of the wholesale and direct-to-consumer segments based on "Net Sales" and "Income (Loss) From Operations." Such measures give recognition to specifically identifiable operating costs such as cost of sales, marketing, selling and distribution expenses and general and administrative expenses. Certain general and administrative expenses such as executive salaries and benefits, director fees and accounting, legal and consulting fees are not allocated to the specific segments and, accordingly, are reflected in the unallocated/corporate/other category. Assets in each segment consist of assets used in its operations, acquired intangible assets and goodwill. Assets in the unallocated/corporate/other category consist of cash and tax related assets that are not allocated to the segments.

       
       Three Months Ended September 30,
       Nine Months Ended September 30,
       
       
       2005
       2004
       2005
       2004
       
       
       (in thousands)

       
      Net Sales             
      Wholesale $72,068 $47,120 $154,185 $111,564 
      Direct-to-Consumer  22,177  4,121  29,331  9,835 
        
       
       
       
       
       Total Net Sales $94,245 $51,241 $183,516 $121,399 
        
       
       
       
       

      Income (Loss) From Operations

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
      Wholesale $10,366 $6,075 $18,235 $10,867 
      Direct-to-Consumer  109  (176) (1,032) (1,709)
      Unallocated/Corporate/Other  (2,259) (1,352) (4,737) (3,465)
        
       
       
       
       
       Total Income From Operations $8,216 $4,547 $12,466 $5,693 
        
       
       
       
       

      Depreciation and Amortization

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
      Wholesale $1,437 $903 $3,298 $2,660 
      Direct-to-Consumer  334  103  632  266 
        
       
       
       
       
       Total Depreciation and Amortization $1,771 $1,006 $3,930 $2,926 
        
       
       
       
       
       
       September 30,
        
        
       
       2005
       2004
        
        
       
       (in thousands)

        
        
      Assets          
      Wholesale $215,074 $145,008    
      Direct-to-Consumer  26,454  7,304    
      Unallocated/Corporate/Other  5,670  4,235    
        
       
          
       Total Assets $247,198 $156,547    
        
       
          

      Note G—Commitments

              On October 17, 2005 the Company entered into an employment agreement with Ronald Shiftan that provides that the Company will employ Mr. Shiftan as Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer for a term that commenced on July 1, 2005 and continues until June 30, 2010, and thereafter for additional one year periods unless terminated by either the Company or Mr. Shiftan as provided in the agreement. The agreement provides for an initial annual salary of $400,000 with annual increases based on changes in the Bureau of Labor Statistics Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers. Commencing with the year ending December 31, 2005, Mr. Shiftan will receive an annual cash bonus equal to six-percent of the annual increase in the Company's income before taxes (excluding items that appear on the audited financial statements as extraordinary items and items that the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, determines are outside of the ordinary course of business) over the prior year. In accordance with the terms of the agreement, the Board of Directors granted to Mr. Shiftan an option to purchase 350,000 shares of the Company's common stock pursuant to its 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan at an exercise price of $24.23 per share. The agreement also provides for certain fringe benefits. The agreement also provides for a severance benefit equal to the lesser of (x) his base salary or (y) his salary remaining to the end of the term plus his pro-rated bonus if (i) Mr. Shiftan resigns for Good Reason (as defined in the agreement) or (ii) the Company terminates Mr. Shiftan's employment for any reason other than Disability (as defined in the agreement) or Cause (as defined in the agreement) (such a resignation or termination is referred to in the agreement as an "Involuntary Termination") after July 1, 2006. In the event of Mr. Shiftan's Involuntary Termination before July 1, 2006, he will receive as severance his salary remaining to the end of the term plus his pro-rated bonus. The agreement further provides that if the Company undergoes a Change of Control (as defined in the agreement) and (i) Mr. Shiftan's employment is thereafter terminated under circumstances that would constitute an Involuntary Termination or (ii) Mr. Shiftan undergoes an Involuntary Termination and within 90 days the Company executes a definitive agreement to enter into a transaction the consummation of which would constitute a Change of Control and such transaction is actually consummated the Company would be obligated to pay to him or his estate the lesser of (x) 2.99 times the average of his base salary and bonus for the three years immediately preceding the change of control or (y) 1% of the Company's market capitalization in excess of $220,000,000, up to a maximum payment of $2,500,000. The employment agreement also contains restrictive covenants preventing Mr. Shiftan from competing with the Company during the term of his employment and for a period of five years thereafter.

      Note H—Subsequent Event

              On October 31, 2005, the Company filed a Registration Statement on Form S-3 relating to a public offering by the Company and certain stockholders named in the Registration Statement of 1,500,000 and 1,000,000 shares, excluding an over-allotment option, respectively, of the Company's common stock. As stated in the Registration Statement, the Company intends to use the net proceeds from the sale of stock by it to repay indebtedness outstanding under the Company's Credit Facility (see Note B).




      2,500,000 Shares

      Lifetime Brands, Inc.

      Common Stock

      LOGO        As of September 21, 2006 we had 13,480,805 shares of common stock issued and outstanding.


      PROSPECTUS
                              , 2005


      Sole Book-Runner        The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. The holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends that may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock then outstanding. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon the closing of this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable.

      Citigroup
      Adams HarknessPreferred Stock




              As of the date of this prospectus, we had no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

      Dividend Rights. The holders of SeriesA preferred stock will be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the board of directors and out of our assets which are legally available for the payment of dividends, cumulative preferential cash dividends in the amount of $700 per annum for each share of SeriesA preferred stock held, payable quarterly. Whenever dividends upon the issued and outstanding SeriesA preferred stock have been paid in full, the board of directors may declare cash dividends on the shares of SeriesB preferred stock at a rate to be established by the board of directors. Whenever dividends upon the issued and outstanding SeriesB preferred stock have been paid in full, the board of directors may declare cash dividends on the issued and outstanding shares of common stock. The Credit Facility contains restrictions on, and in some circumstances may prevent, the payment of dividends.

      Redemption Rights. We may, at any time and from time to time, redeem all or part of any issued and outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock for a redemption price of $10,000 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon and/or redeem all or any part of the issued and outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock for a redemption price equal to the par value of such shares plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. We will be under an obligation to redeem all shares of Series A preferred stock on the eighth anniversary of the date of the original issuance of such shares.

      Liquidation and Dissolution Rights. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, each issued and outstanding share of SeriesA preferred stock shall entitle its holder to payment at the rate of $10,000 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. After payment in full of the SeriesA preferential amount, each issued and outstanding share of SeriesB preferred stock shall entitle its holder to payment at the rate of the par value per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. Thereafter, the remaining assets, if any, shall be distributed to the holders of common stock, ratably.

      Voting Rights. Except as any provision of law may otherwise require, no SeriesA or SeriesB preferred share shall entitle the holder thereof to any voting power.

      Anti-Takeover Provisions

              Provisions of Delaware law could make the acquisition of our company through a tender offer, a proxy contest or other means more difficult and could make the removal of incumbent officers and directors more difficult. We expect these provisions to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits provided by our ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals. We believe the negotiation of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal could result in an improvement of its terms.

      43


      Effects of Some Provisions of Delaware Law. We are subject to Section203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law. In general, Section203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

        prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

        the stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (a) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and (b) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

        on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

              Generally, a “business combination” for these purposes includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” for these purposes is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting securities. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section203 may discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

      Transfer Agent and Registrar

            �� The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is The Bank of New York Shareholder Relations, located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, NY 10286.

      44


      PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

              We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Notes and the underlying common stock offered by this prospectus. The Selling Securityholders and their successors, which include their transferees, distributees, pledgees or donees or their successors, may sell the Notes and the underlying common stock directly to purchasers or through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. Underwriters, broker-dealers or agents may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the Selling Securityholders or the purchasers. These discounts, concessions or commissions may be in excess of those customary in the types of transactions involved.

              The Notes and the underlying common stock may be sold in one or more transactions at:

       fixed prices;

       prevailing market prices at the time of sale;

       prices related to such prevailing market prices;

       varying prices determined at the time of sale; or

       negotiated prices.

              The sales may be effected in transactions in the following manner (which may involve block transactions or transactions in which the same broker acts as agent on both sides of the transaction, known as crosses):

       on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Notes or the common stock may be listed or quoted at the time of sale;

       in the over-the-counter market;

       in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market;

       through the writing of options, whether such options are listed on an options exchange or otherwise; or

       through the settlement of short sales.

              Selling Securityholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions which may in turn engage in short sales of the Notes or the underlying common stock and deliver these securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge the Notes or the common stock into which the Notes are convertible to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities.

              Selling Securityholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of Notes or underlying common stock subject to registration by this prospectus, which Notes or underlying common stock such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction). Broker-dealers engaged by the Selling Securityholders may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the Selling Securityholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated, but, except as set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, in the case of an agency transaction not in excess of a customary brokerage commission in compliance with NASDR Rule 2440; and in the case of a principal transaction a markup or markdown in compliance with NASDR IM-2440.

              From time to time, one or more of the Selling Securityholders may distribute, devise, gift, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in some or all of the securities owned by them. Any such distributees, devisees or donees will be deemed to be Selling Securityholders. Any such pledgees, secured parties or persons to whom the securities have been hypothecated will, upon foreclosure in the event of default, be deemed to be Selling Securityholders.

      45


              The aggregate proceeds to the Selling Securityholders from the sale of the Notes or underlying common stock will be the purchase price of the Notes or common stock less any discounts and commissions. A Selling Securityholder reserves the right to accept and, together with their agents, to reject, any proposed purchase of Notes or common stock to be made directly or through agents. We will not receive any of the proceeds from this offering.

              Our outstanding common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “LCUT.” We do not intend to list the Notes for trading on any national securities exchange or on the NASDAQ Global Market. The Notes are eligible for trading by qualified institutional buyers in The Portal Market. The sole book-running manager for the private placement of the Notes is currently making a market in the Notes; however, they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue any such market making activities at any time without notice. In addition, such market making activity will be subject to the limits imposed by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Therefore, we cannot guarantee that any trading market will develop for the Notes. Even if a market does develop, the market may not be maintained.

              We have agreed to keep the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part effective until the earlier of (1) the date as of which all the registrable securities have been sold either under Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar provision then in force) or pursuant to the registration statement; (2) the date as of which all of the of registrable securities held by non-affiliates are eligible to be sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or any successor provision; or (3) the date on which there are no outstanding registrable securities.

              The Notes and underlying common stock may be sold in some states only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. The Selling Securityholders and any underwriters, broker-dealers or agents that participate in the sale of the Notes and common stock into which the Notes are convertible may be deemed to be underwriters within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act. Any discounts, commissions, concessions or profit they earn on any resale of the Notes or the shares may be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Selling Securityholders who are underwriters within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. The Selling Securityholders have acknowledged that they understand their obligations to comply with the provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder relating to stock manipulation including, but not limited to, Regulation M, and have agreed that they will not engage in any transaction in violation of such provisions. To our knowledge, there are currently no plans, arrangements or understandings between the Selling Securityholders and any underwriter, broker, dealer or agent regarding the sale of the Notes or the underlying common stock by the Selling Securityholder. We will make copies of this prospectus available to the Selling Securityholders and inform them of the need to deliver a copy of this prospectus to each purchaser at or prior to the time of the sale.

              In addition, any securities covered by this prospectus which qualify for sale pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A of the Securities Act may be sold under Rule 144 or Rule 144A rather than pursuant to this prospectus. A Selling Securityholder may not sell any Notes or common stock described herein and may not transfer, devise or gift such securities by means other than those described in this prospectus.

              If required, the specific Notes or common stock to be sold, the names of the Selling Securityholders, the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the names of any agent, dealer or underwriter, and any applicable commissions or discounts with respect to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to this prospectus.

              Pursuant to the registration rights agreement filed as an exhibit to this registration statement, we and the Selling Securityholders will be indemnified by each other against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act or will be entitled to contribution in connection with these liabilities.

              We have agreed to pay substantially all of the expenses incidental to the registration, offering and sale of the Notes and underlying common stock to the public other than applicable transfer taxes and commissions, fees and discounts of underwriters, brokers, dealers and agents.

      46


      VALIDITY OF SECURITIES

              The validity of the Notes and the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Troutman Sanders LLP, New York, New York.

      INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

              The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we file with it, which means that we can disclose important business and financial information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus, and the information that we file with the SEC later will automatically update and supersede this information. We incorporate by reference the documents listed below and any filings that we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this prospectus and until all the Notes and common stock covered by this prospectus are sold or the offering is otherwise terminated:

       Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005;

       Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2006 and June 30, 2006;

       Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2006, March 3, 2006, March 8, 2006, May 3, 2006, May 8, 2006 (three separate filings), May 15, 2006, June 9, 2006, June 21, 2006, June 22, 2006, June 27, 2006, July 13, 2006, August 3, 2006, August 11, 2006 and August 16, 2006;

       Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on July 12, 2006;

       Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule14A, as amended, filed on May 4, 2006.

      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

              We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy materials that we have filed with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains an Internet website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information about registrants that file electronically with the SEC, including us. Our recent SEC filings are also available to the public free of charge at our website at www.lifetimebrands.com. Except for the documents described above, information on our web site is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus. You may request a copy of this information and any of the filings identified above, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at:

      Lifetime Brands, Inc.
      One Merrick Avenue
      Westbury, New York 11590
      Attn: Investor Relations
      (516) 683-6000

      EXPERTS

              The consolidated financial statements of Lifetime Brands, Inc, incorporated by reference in Lifetime Brands, Inc.‘s Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2005 (including the schedule appearing therein), and Lifetime Brands, Inc. management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 incorporated by reference therein which did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of The Pfaltzgraff Co. and Salton, Inc., acquired in 2005, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in its reports thereon, which as to the report on internal control over financial reporting contains an explanatory paragraph describing the above referenced exclusion of The Pfaltzgraff Co. and Salton, Inc., from the scope of management’s assessment and such firm’s audit therein, and incorporated herein by reference. Such financial statements and management’s assessment have been incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

      47


              With respect to the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial information of Lifetime Brands, Inc. for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2005 and the three and six-month periods ended June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005, incorporated by reference in this prospectus, Ernst & Young LLP reported that they have applied limited procedures in accordance with professional standards for a review of such information. However, their separate reports dated May 2, 2006 and August 4, 2006, included in Lifetime Brands, Inc.‘s Quarterly Report on From 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 2006 and June 30, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein, state that they did not audit and they do not express an opinion on that interim financial information. Accordingly, the degree of reliance on their reports on such financial information should be restricted in light of the limited nature of the review process applied. Ernst &Young LLP is not subject to the liability provisions of Section 11 of the Securities Act for their reports on the unaudited interim financial information because those reports are not a “report” or a “part” of the registration statement prepared or certified by Ernst & Young LLP within the meaning of Sections 7 and 11 of the Securities Act.

      48


      PART II
      II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

      Item 14.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.*Distribution

              The following table sets forth the costs andestimated expenses other than the underwriting discounts, payable by the Registrant in connection with the saleissuance and distribution of the securities being registered.registered hereby. All amounts are estimates exceptsuch expenses will be borne by the SEC registration fee andregistrant; none shall be borne by the NASD listing fee.Selling Securityholders.

      SECSecurities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee 7,627.25
      NASD Filing Fee6,980.00
      Printing Costs$  8,025 
      Legal Fees and Expenses 25,000 
      Accounting Fees and Expenses 
      Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees9,000 
      Miscellaneous 10,000 

      Total $52,025 


      *
      To be completed by amendment.

      Item 15.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.Officers

              Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("Section 145"(which we refer to as the “DGCL”) permits indemnification of our officers and directors under certain conditions and subject to certain limitations. Section 145 of the DGCL also provides that a corporation has the power to maintain insurance on behalf of its officers and directors against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by him or her in such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of Section 145.145 of the DGCL.

              Article VII of the Registrant'sour Bylaws provides for indemnification of itsour directors, officers and employees against liabilities and expenses in connection with any legal proceeding to which he/she may be made a party or with which he/she may become involved or threatened by reason of having been an officer, director or employee of the Registrant.us. The indemnification shall apply with respect to any matters which are disposed of by settlement, judgment or otherwise. Indemnification shall be made only if the board of directors determines by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of disinterested directors, that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the person seeking indemnification has met applicable standards of conduct and that indemnification is not in violation of the Delaware General Corporation Law.DGCL. It must be determined that the director, officer or employee acted in good faith with the reasonable belief that his/her action was in or not opposed to theour best interests of the Registrant and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he/she had no reasonable cause to believe that hishis/her conduct was unlawful.

              As permitted by Section 102(b)Section102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant'sDGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, pursuant to Delaware law, itsour directors shall not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of the directors'directors’ fiduciary duty as directors to the Registrantus and itsour stockholders. This provision in the Certificate of Incorporation does not eliminate the directors'directors’ fiduciary duty, and in appropriate circumstances equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief will remain available under Delaware law. In addition, pursuant to Section 102(b)Section102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law,DGCL, each director will continue to be subject to liability for breach of the director'sdirector’s duty of loyalty to the Registrantus or itsour stockholders, for acts or omission not in good faith or involving internationalintentional misconduct, for knowing violations of law, for actions leading to improper personal benefit to the director, and for payment of dividends or approval

      II-1



      of stock repurchases or redemptions that are unlawful under Section 174Section174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.DGCL. The provision also does not affect a director'sdirector’s responsibilities under any other law, such as the federal securities laws or state or federal environmental laws.

              The Registrant hasWe have entered into indemnification agreements with each of itsour directors and executive officers. Generally, the indemnification agreements attempt to provide the maximum protection permitted by Delaware law as it may be amended from time to time. Moreover, the indemnification agreements provide for certain additional indemnification. Under such additional indemnification provisions, however, an individual will not receive indemnification for judgments, settlements or expenses if he or she is found liable to the Registrantus (except to the extent the court determines he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses), for settlements not approved by the Registrantus or for settlements and expenses if the settlement is not approved by the court. The indemnification agreements provide for the Registrantus to advance to the individual any and all reasonable expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. In order to receive an advance of expenses, the individual must submit to the Registrantus copies of invoices presented to him or her for such expenses. Also, the individual must repay such advances upon a final judicial decision that he or she is not entitled to indemnification. The Registrant intendsWe intend to enter into additional indemnification agreements with each of itsour directors and executive officers to effectuate these indemnity provisions.

              In addition to the foregoing, the Underwriting Agreement contains certain provisions by which the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify the Registrant and each person, if any, who controls the Registrant within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each director of the Registrant and each officer of the Registrant who signs the Registration Statement, with respect to information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Underwriters for use in the Registration Statement.

              At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Registrantus in which indemnification is being sought, nor is the Registrantare we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in a claim for indemnification by any director, officer, employee or other agent of the Registrant.us.

              The Registrant maintains aII-1


              We maintain directors and officers liability insurance policy with Travelers Casualty and Surety Co. The policy insures thepolicies which insure our directors and officers of the registrant against loss arising from certain claims made against such directors or officers by reason of certain wrongful acts.

      II-2


      Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

      (a)
      Exhibits

      Exhibit
      Number

      Description

      1.1


      FormDescription of Underwriting Agreement*Document

      3.1

       

      Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company**Lifetime Brands, Inc.(1)

      3.2


      Amendment dated June 9, 1994 to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lifetime Brands, Inc.(1)
      3.3By-Laws of the Company(1)Lifetime Brands, Inc.(1)

      4.1
      Form of Note
      4.2Indenture dated June 27, 2006 between Lifetime Brands, Inc and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Trustee
      4.3Form of specimen certificate of common stock (1)
      5.1

      Opinion of Troutman Sanders LLP*LLP (to be filed by amendment)

      15.110.1


      Registration Rights Agreement dated June 27, 2006 between Lifetime Brands, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.
      12.1Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges
      15.1Letter of Ernst & Young LLP as to Unaudited Financial Information

      23.1


      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

      23.2


      Consent of KPMG LLP Independent Auditors

      23.3


      Consent of Troutman Sanders LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)Exhibit5.1)

      24.1


      PowerPowers of Attorney**Attorney (see signature page)
      25.1Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of Trustee (to be filed by amendment)

      *
      To be filed by amendment.

      **
      Previously filed.

      (1)

      Incorporated by reference to Form S-1, No. 33-40154.

      (b)
      Financial Statement Schedules

              Schedule II—Valuation AccountsItem 17.  Undertakings

              Schedules not listed above have been omitted because(a)        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

           (1)        To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part:

           (i)         To include any prospectus required by Section10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

           (ii)         To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in the volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

           (iii)         To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

      provided,however, that paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section13 or Section15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement.

      II-2


           (2)        That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

           (3)        To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

           (4)        That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

           (i)         Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

           (ii)         Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

           (iii)         the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

           (iv)         Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

              (b)        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be set fortha new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, is not applicable or is shown inand the financial statements or notes thereto.offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

      Item 17.     Undertakings.

              (c)        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers andor controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding)is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

              (d)        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

              (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

           (1)        For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

           (2)        For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

      II-3



              (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

              The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant's annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

      II-4


      SIGNATURES


      SIGNATURES

              Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this amendment to the registration statement on Form S-3Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Westbury, State of New York, on November 7, 2005.September 21, 2006.

       LIFETIME BRANDS, INC.

       


       
      /s/
      JEFFREY SIEGEL      
      Jeffrey Siegel

      Jeffrey Siegel
      Chairman of the Board of Directors,
      Chief Executive Officer and President

      POWER OF ATTORNEY

              KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Jeffrey Siegel, Ronald Shiftan and Robert McNally his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

              Pursuant to the requirements of the SecuritiesExchange Act, of 1933, this amendment to the registration statement on Form S-3report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

      Signature
      Title
      Date

      /s/ Jeffrey Siegel




      /s/  JEFFREY SIEGEL      
      Jeffrey Siegel
      Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and PresidentNovember 7, 2005
      September 21, 2006

            Jeffrey Siegel

      /s/ RONALD SHIFTAN      
      Ronald Shiftan


      Vice Chairman, Chief Operating Officer and Director


      November 7, 2005September 21, 2006

            Ronald Shiftan

      /s/ ROBERT MCNALLY      
      Robert McNally


      Vice-President—Vice-President - Finance and Treasurer (Chief(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer). Chief Financial Officer


      November 7, 2005September 21, 2006

      *

      Howard Bernstein


      Director


      November 7, 2005

      *

      Michael Jeary


      Director


      November 7, 2005       Robert McNally

      *

      Sheldon Misher


      Director


      November 7, 2005

      *

      Cherrie Nanninga/s/ Howard Bernstein


      Director


      November 7, 2005September 21, 2006

      *

      Craig Phillips


      Director


      November 7, 2005

      *

      William Westerfield


      Director


      November 7, 2005

      *
      By Robert McNally as attorney-in-fact.

      II-5



      EXHIBIT INDEX

      Exhibit
      Number

      Description

      1.1


      Form of Underwriting Agreement.*       Howard Bernstein

      /s/ Michael JearyDirectorSeptember 21, 2006

             Michael Jeary

      /s/ Sheldon MisherDirectorSeptember 21, 2006

            Sheldon Misher

      /s/ Cherrie NanningaDirectorSeptember 21, 2006

            Cherrie Nanninga

      /s/ Craig PhillipsDirectorSeptember 21, 2006

             Craig Phillips

      /s/ William WesterfieldDirectorSeptember 21, 2006

            William Westerfield

      EXHIBIT INDEX

      ExhibitNumber
      Description of Document
      3.1
       

      Second Restated CertificationCertificate of Incorporation of the Company.**Lifetime Brands, Inc.(1)

      3.2


      Amendment dated June 9, 1994 to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lifetime Brands, Inc.(1)
      3.3By-Laws of the Company(1)Lifetime Brands, Inc.(1)

      4.1
      Form of Note
      4.2Indenture dated June 27, 2006 between Lifetime Brands, Inc and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Trustee
      4.3Form of specimen certificate of common stock (1)
      5.1

      Opinion of Troutman Sanders LLP*LLP (to be filed by amendment)

      15.110.1


      Registration Rights Agreement dated June 27, 2006 between Lifetime Brands, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.
      12.1Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges
      15.1Letter of Ernst & Young LLP as to Unaudited Financial Information

      23.1


      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

      23.2


      Consent of KPMG LLP Independent Auditors

      23.3


      Consent of Troutman Sanders LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)Exhibit5.1)

      24.1


      PowerPowers of Attorney**Attorney (see signature page)
      25.1Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of Trustee (to be filed by amendment)

      *
      To be filed by amendment.

      **
      Previously filed.

      (1)

      Incorporated by reference to Form S-1, No. 33-40154.

      II-6




      QuickLinks

      TABLE OF CONTENTS
      SUMMARY
      Our Business
      Industry Overview
      Competitive Strengths
      Our Strategy
      Recent Developments
      Our Corporate Information
      Market and Industry Data
      Trademarks and Service Marks
      The Offering
      Summary Consolidated Financial Data
      RISK FACTORS
      Risks Related to Our Business
      Risks Related to our Common Stock
      DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
      USE OF PROCEEDS
      PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY
      CAPITALIZATION
      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
      BUSINESS
      MANAGEMENT AND DIRECTORS
      Option/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year
      PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
      CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
      DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
      SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
      MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS
      UNDERWRITING
      VALIDITY OF SECURITIES
      EXPERTS
      INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
      LIFETIME BRANDS, INC.
      INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
      Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
      LIFETIME HOAN CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except share data)
      LIFETIME HOAN CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (in thousands—except per share data)
      LIFETIME HOAN CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (in thousands)
      LIFETIME HOAN CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands)
      LIFETIME HOAN CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DECEMBER 31, 2004
      Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
      LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except share data)
      LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (in thousands, except per share data) (unaudited)
      LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands) (unaudited)
      LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS September 30, 2005 (unaudited)
      PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
      SIGNATURES
      EXHIBIT INDEX